<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:blogger="http://schemas.google.com/blogger/2008" xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:georss="http://www.georss.org/georss" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/" xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0" version="2.0"><channel><atom:id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281</atom:id><lastBuildDate>Sat, 14 Sep 2024 07:31:56 +0000</lastBuildDate><category>3DS Max</category><category>Auto CAD</category><category>Solid Edge</category><category>Solid Work</category><category>Photoshop</category><title>graphic &amp;amp; 3D modelling now!</title><description></description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/</link><managingEditor>noreply@blogger.com (Boy RR)</managingEditor><generator>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>63</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><language>en-us</language><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><copyright>Do not Copy and Paste</copyright><itunes:image href="3DS Max, AutoCAD, Solid Edge, MS. Word, MS. Excel, Photosop"/><itunes:keywords>3DS,Max,Auto,CAD,Solid,Edge,Photoshop</itunes:keywords><itunes:summary>3DS Max, Auto CAD, Solid Edge, Photoshop.</itunes:summary><itunes:subtitle>IT learning</itunes:subtitle><itunes:category text="Technology"><itunes:category text="Podcasting"/></itunes:category><itunes:author>Apa Sipep</itunes:author><itunes:owner><itunes:email>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com</itunes:email><itunes:name>Apa Sipep</itunes:name></itunes:owner><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-6570987453646964586</guid><pubDate>Wed, 10 Oct 2012 01:15:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-12-18T10:52:08.123-08:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Photoshop</category><title>How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a Woman</title><description>On this Photoshop tutorial you will learn how to apply a jaguar skin to a woman by using Photoshop Tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span id="more-7432"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Final Image Preview&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman" height="375" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/transform-woman-jaguar-skin.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
&lt;a name='more'&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Step 1&lt;/h2&gt;
Start by creating a new document with 1920px width and 1200px height. Fill canvas with black color on background layer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 1" height="375" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/1.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 1" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 2&lt;/h2&gt;
Open woman photo and copy to our main canvas with black background. 
With woman layer selected go to Edit &amp;gt; Transform &amp;gt; Flip Horizontal
 to flip photo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 2" height="375" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/2.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 2" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Hold Shift button to reduce photo size proportionally horizontal and 
vertical to similar size as you can see below. We need to extend woman’s
 hair with Smudge Tool. Select Soft-brush, 3px and set foreground color 
to white (#ffffff).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 3" height="375" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/3.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 3" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 3&lt;/h2&gt;
Now we are going to extend woman shoulder. For this, select Brush 
Tool, hard round brush with 20px, set foreground color to #9e6e39 and 
draw shoulder shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 4" height="376" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/4.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 4" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Load selection of current layer by going to Select &amp;gt; Load 
Selection. Select Brush Tool (soft-brush with 45px in size and color 
#d5c7b8) and apply brush to highlight shoulder edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 5" height="376" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/5.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 5" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Remove selection with Ctrl+D.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 6" height="376" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/6.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 6" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 4&lt;/h2&gt;
Our next step is to prepare photo to apply jaguar effect. Select 
Polygonal Lasso Tool to create selection of the woman. With selection 
made, click on button Add Layer Mask located on layers palette.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 7" height="386" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/7.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 7" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Go to Select &amp;gt; Load Selection to make selection again. Hold down 
Alt key (a minus sign will replace plus sign on cursor) and select woman
 face still with Polygonal Lasso Tool. We are going to substract from 
selection and we will keep only hair, ear and neck. To finish click 
Ctrl+J to duplicate selection into a new layer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 8" height="415" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/8.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 8" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 5&lt;/h2&gt;
On duplicated layer apply Image &amp;gt; Adjustments &amp;gt; Brightness/Contrast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 9" height="160" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/9.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 9" width="342" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Update Hue/Saturation settings by going to Image &amp;gt; Adjustments &amp;gt; Hue/Saturation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 10" height="379" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/10.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 10" width="421" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Select Burn Tool (150px, Range: Midtones, Strength: 35%) and darken the edge of hair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 11" height="377" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/11.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 11" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 6&lt;/h2&gt;
Open Jaguar photo. Copy photo to our main canvas. Select part of the 
photo with Rectangular Marquee Tool and press Ctrl+J to copy selection 
to new layer. Hide Jaguar layer by clicking the eye icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 12" height="376" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/12.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 12" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Change layer blending mode to Multiply and place it similar to what I have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 13" height="375" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/13.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 13" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Increase Hue and Saturation by going to Layer &amp;gt; Adjustments &amp;gt; Hue/Saturation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 14" height="379" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/14.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 14" width="421" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
We are going now to apply texture to body. Select Eraser Tool and 
with a soft round brush remove visible parts of jaguar texture on neck 
and shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 15" height="376" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/15.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 15" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
With Polygonal Lasso Tool clear hair area of texture by selecting and clearing it with Delete button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 16" height="376" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/16.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 16" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 7&lt;/h2&gt;
Now we are going to add texture to woman’s face. Select hidden layer 
with jaguar and make it visible again. Set up opacity to 70%. Select 
Rectangular Marquee Tool to create selection similar to mine. After 
that, invert selection (Select &amp;gt; Inverse) and press Delete to clear 
selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 17" height="376" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/17.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 17" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Remove selection by using Select &amp;gt; Deselect (or Ctrl+D). Go to 
Edit &amp;gt; Free Transform (Ctrl+T) to increase layer. And after that, use
 Distort if needed to have something similar to what I did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 18" height="413" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/18.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 18" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Duplicate layer with Ctrl+J and flip it with Edit &amp;gt; Transform &amp;gt; Flip Horizontal. Move it to the left like I did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 19" height="376" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/19.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 19" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Select Eraser Tool and with a soft round brush eliminate distinction between both texture layers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 20" height="413" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/20.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 20" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Set layer opacity to 100% again on both layers. Merge both texture 
layers by selecting them (Select first layer by clicking on it, keep 
pressing Ctrl and click on second layer) and press Ctrl+E. Change layer 
mode to Multiply. Finally change Hue and Saturation settings by going to
 Image &amp;gt; Adjustments &amp;gt; Hue/Saturation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 21" height="379" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/21.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 21" width="421" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 8&lt;/h2&gt;
With layer selected, go to Select &amp;gt; Load Selection. Apply Layer &amp;gt; Layer Mask &amp;gt; Reveal All.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 22" height="381" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/22.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 22" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Select Eraser Tool, soft brush, opacity: 100% and correct mask form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 23" height="375" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/23.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 23" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Set Brush Opacity to 4%. Clean up a bit on nose area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 24" height="391" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/24.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 24" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 9&lt;/h2&gt;
Select Pen Tool (make sure you are working with Paths instead of Shape Layers) and draw a shape similar to mine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 25" height="373" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/25.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 25" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Right click and select option Make Selection. Create new layer, 
select Brush Tool with a soft round brush (Opacity: 6%, foreground 
color: white) and apply on selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 26" height="382" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/26.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 26" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Remove selection with Ctrl+D and with Eraser Tool selected (Opacity: 8%) clean borders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 27" height="401" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/27.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 27" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 10&lt;/h2&gt;
Hide this layer temporarily by clicking on layer eye. Select Pen Tool
 again to create lips form. When you have finished drawing right click 
and select option Make Selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 28" height="382" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/28.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 28" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Make layer visible again by clicking on layers eye. Clear selected 
area by pressing Delete. Deselect with Ctrl+D. Select Blur Tool to blur 
lips edges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 29" height="401" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/29.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 29" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 11&lt;/h2&gt;
Select layer with jaguar texture and use the Dodge Tool to make eyes brighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 30" height="403" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/30.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 30" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Use Eraser Tool to fix and make eyes clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 31" height="375" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/31.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 31" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Now we need to update eyes color. Select layer with woman photo and 
with Polygonal Lasso Tool create selection of one eye pupil. With Shift 
pressed, create selection of second eye pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 32" height="403" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/32.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 32" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Apply Image &amp;gt; Adjustments &amp;gt; Hue/Saturation to selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 33" height="379" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/33.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman 33" width="421" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Final Image&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman " height="375" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/7432/transform-woman-jaguar-skin.jpg" title=" How to Apply a Jaguar Skin to a woman" width="600" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/how-to-apply-jaguar-skin-to-woman.html</link><thr:total>8</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-3804944081555143265</guid><pubDate>Wed, 10 Oct 2012 01:12:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-09T18:12:15.210-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Photoshop</category><title>How to Change Shape of an Ornamental Plant</title><description>Would you like to know how to create the desired shape of an 
ornamental plant by using only Photoshop tools? Then this Photoshop 
tutorial is especial for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span id="more-9293"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Final Image Preview&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/change-shape-ornamental-plant.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 1&lt;/h2&gt;
Download and open both photos in Photoshop. On the duckling photo use
 the Polygonal Lasso Tool to select the young duck shape. Once selected,
 press Ctrl+C to copy the selection and on the garden photo press Ctrl+V
 to paste.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant 1" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/1.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Reduce the opacity of the duckling layer to 50% to make the background visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant 2" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/2.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 2&lt;/h2&gt;
Select the Polygonal Lasso Tool. On the background layer select part 
of the plant and copy it to a new layer with Ctrl+J. Place this new 
layer above the duck layer and position the duplicated content above the
 duck’s head as you can see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant 3" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/3.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant 4" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/4.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
It’s important to note that illuminated parts of the plant should be 
located in areas of convex shape, that is on the wing or back of the 
duckling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant 5" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/5.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant 6" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/6.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
If the shape doesn’t match the &amp;nbsp;form of the duckling, then you should
 change it with the Polygonal Lasso Tool and then transform with Edit 
&amp;gt; Transform &amp;gt; Rotate and move it to the correct position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant 7" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/7.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant 8" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/8.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Next, place the plant parts over the shape of the duck’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant 9" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/9.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
When the whole shape of the duckling is filled with plant fragments, 
merge all layers into one except the background layer and the duck 
layer. Use the Clone Stamp Tool to remove borders around the plant 
fragments. After that delete the duckling layer, we don’t need it any 
more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant 10" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/10.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 3&lt;/h2&gt;
To make a natural look, create a new layer under the plant layer, now
 use the Brush Tool with a small diameter brush to make small twigs 
around the plant. Get color samples with the Eye Dropper Tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant 11" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/11.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant 12" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/12.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 4&lt;/h2&gt;
To finish off this tutorial we have to replace the old plant shape on
 the background behind the created plant in the shape of a duck. To do 
this go to the background layer again and then get the Clone Stamp Tool.
 Hold down the Alt key — the cursor will change to a target. Click the 
point you wish to use as a sampling point. This will be used as the 
reference point for cloning. Click and draw where you want the cloned 
image to appear. As you draw, a cross will appear on the original image 
while a corresponding circle appears where you are drawing.&lt;br /&gt;
Remove the old plant from the background image and this tutorial is complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Final Image&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="How to Change Shape of Ornamental Plant" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9293/change-shape-ornamental-plant.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/how-to-change-shape-of-ornamental-plant.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-5477635479623518022</guid><pubDate>Wed, 10 Oct 2012 01:00:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-09T18:00:47.761-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Photoshop</category><title>Transform a Female into a Dark Elf</title><description>In this Photoshop tutorial you will learn how to make drawing-style 
picture in a fantasy style from one photo. This tutorial is not 
difficult but it is more suitable for people who have some experience in
 Photoshop drawing.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span id="more-9201"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Final Image Preview&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/dark-elf-lady.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; if you have a &lt;i&gt;graphics tablet&lt;/i&gt; you can use it and you will get better results. But you can also do this tutorial with a computer mouse.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;
Step 1&lt;/h2&gt;
Start by opening the photo in Photoshop.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 1" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/1.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Let’s start by changing the proportions. Go to Filter &amp;gt; Liquify 
and work on changing the shape of the face and make the eyes bigger. 
Make sure Forward Warp Tool is selected and use it to increase the size 
of the eyes.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 2" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/2.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 3" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/3.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 2&lt;/h2&gt;
Select the Healing Brush Tool to remove skin defects if they are present on the photo.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 4" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/4.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 3&lt;/h2&gt;
We need to reduce brightness and increase contrast with Image &amp;gt; Adjustments &amp;gt; Brightness/Contrast.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 5" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/5.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 6" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/6.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Change the color balance by going to Image &amp;gt; Adjustments &amp;gt; Color Balance.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 7" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/7.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 8" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/8.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Go to Filter &amp;gt; Liquify again to increase the fantasy effect on the photo (eyes, lips and face shape especially).&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 9" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/9.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 3&lt;/h2&gt;
Create a new layer (Ctrl+Shift+N). Select the Brush Tool and press F5
 to open the window with Brush Presets or go to Window &amp;gt; Brush. 
Select Soft Brush, 80px and 20% hardness. Change foreground color to 
#230b47. Choose Shape Dynamics option and update Control to Pen Pressure
 (if you have a graphics tablet). If not leave the Control option off 
and we will work with the computer mouse. Apply the brush to the photo 
background. Finally, change layer opacity to 70%.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 10" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/10.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Duplicate layer with Ctrl+J. Change the layer mode to Soft Light and opacity to something around 50%-60%.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 11" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/11.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 4&lt;/h2&gt;
Create a new layer above all other layers. Now we need to create the 
ear shape. Select the Eyedropper Tool and click on the face area to get 
the color sample. Now with the Brush Tool (soft brush) start creating an
 ear shape and use other colors and different brush sizes to get a more 
real ear.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 12" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/12.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Keep creating the ear shape.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 13" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/13.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 14" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/14.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Finally we need to get some texture to apply to ear. Go to the 
original photo and with the Rectangular Marquee Tool selected make a 
small selection of skin. Copy selection.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 15" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/15.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Paste the selection on our psd file and a new layer will be created. 
Place the new layer on top of all other layers and place the skin 
exactly over the ear. Use Image &amp;gt; Adjustments &amp;gt; Desaturate to 
desaturate.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 16" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/16.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Change layer mode to Soft Light.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 17" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/17.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Load selection of the layer with the ear (press Ctrl and click ear layer thumbnail on layers palette).&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 18" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/18.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Select the ear texture layer. Invert selection with Selection &amp;gt; 
Invert and press the Delete button to clear selected area. Remove 
selection with Ctrl+D.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 19" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/19.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 5&lt;/h2&gt;
Create a new layer on top. Select the Brush Tool (soft round brush) 
and paint over the hair and neck with white. This layer will be called 
“hair”.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 20" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/20.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Change layer blending mode to Color.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 20a" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/20a.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Create a new layer on top. Set foreground color to #e8ddfc and with 
the Brush Tool selected (soft brush, opacity: 10%) apply brush to face.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 21" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/21.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Change layer blending mode to Color.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 21a" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/21a.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Duplicate layer “hair”. Move on top of all layers and change blending mode to Overlay.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 22" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/22.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Select Brush (diameter of around 3-4px) and draw new hair with white 
(if you have a graphics tablet use it). Check next screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 23" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/23.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 24" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/24.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 25" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/25.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 26" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/26.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 6&lt;/h2&gt;
Repeat the same process now for eyebrows and name the layer “eyebrows”.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 27" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/27.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 7&lt;/h2&gt;
Duplicate “hair” layer with Ctrl+J.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 28" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/28.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Merge both “hair” layers into one. After that select the Smudge Tool 
(Strength: 65%) and use the Spatter 59px which is one of the standard 
Photoshop brushes to make the &amp;nbsp;hair smoother and more realistic looking.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 29" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/29.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 30" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/30.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 8&lt;/h2&gt;
Create a new layer above all other layers. Select Brush Tool 
(Opacity: 70%) and draw more hair with a 1 pixel brush using white. It 
will give a more natural look to the hair.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 31" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/31.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Duplicate the layer with Ctrl+J and move it a little bit.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 32" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/32.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Create a new layer again. Choose the Brush Tool (Soft brush with 
opacity 10-20%) and paint over sections of the hair, where the largest 
amount of hair is present. Once done, select the Eraser Tool (Opacity: 
35%) to clear a little bit where the hair ends.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 33" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/33.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 9&lt;/h2&gt;
Now we need to bring more volume to the hair. Create a new layer and 
set blending mode to Multiply. Select the Brush Tool (Opacity: 20% and 
soft round brush) and darken the hair around the face with black. Apply 
Brush Tool also to lips.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 34" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/34.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Create a new layer on top of previous layer and change layer mode to 
Color. Select some very bright color for the eyes and paint slightly.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 35" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/35.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 10&lt;/h2&gt;
Now we are going to make the face more voluminous. Create a new layer
 on top of all other layers and change layer mode to Soft Light. Use the
 Brush Tool (Opacity: 10% and a soft round brush) to darken the shadow 
side of the face use black (#000000) and lighten the highlights with 
white (#ffffff).&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 36" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/36.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Step 11&lt;/h2&gt;
Now we have to consider reflection on the picture. As we can see the 
background is purple, so we should have the same color shade on hair, 
clothes and face. To do this create a new layer, assign blending mode to
 Soft Light, take a sample of the background color using the Eyedropper 
Tool, then add a purple hue to all of the picture using the Brush Tool 
(Opacity: 30-40% with soft round brush).&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf 37" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/37.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
To finish off the tutorial we have to remove the button from the 
clothes. Create a new layer and select the Clone Stamp Tool (select the 
parameter Sample All Layers) and remove the button using this tool.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Final Image&lt;/h2&gt;
And we are done with this tutorial. Hope you liked it.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class="post_image"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Transform Female into Dark Elf" src="http://media.photoshopstar.com/2012/9201/dark-elf-lady.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/transform-female-into-dark-elf.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-6398018495638005920</guid><pubDate>Wed, 10 Oct 2012 00:53:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-09T17:53:18.462-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Auto CAD</category><title>Introduction to selecting object</title><description>&lt;h2 id="Intro"&gt;
&lt;/h2&gt;
Before you start to use the AutoCAD Modify commands, you need to know
 something about selecting objects. All of the Modify commands require 
that you make one or more object selections. AutoCAD has a whole range 
of tools which are designed to help you select just the objects you 
need. This tutorial is designed to demonstrate the use of many of the 
selection options. As with so many aspects of AutoCAD, developing a good
 working knowledge of these options can drastically improve your drawing
 speed and efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;h2 id="Pick"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Selecting Objects by Picking&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
Perhaps the most obvious way to select an object in AutoCAD is simply
 to pick it. Those of you who have used other graphics based utilities 
will be familiar with this concept. Generally all you have to do is 
place your cursor over an object, click the mouse button and the object 
will be selected. In this respect AutoCAD is no different from any other
 graphics utility.&lt;br /&gt;


When you start a Modify command such as ERASE, two things happen. First, the cursor changes from the usual &lt;em&gt;crosshairs&lt;/em&gt; to the &lt;em&gt;pickbox&lt;/em&gt;
 and second, you will the the "Select objects" prompt on the command 
line. Both of these cues are to let you know that AutoCAD is expecting 
you to select one or more objects.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;tt&gt;Select objects:&lt;/tt&gt;

To select an object, place the pickbox over a part of the object and 
left-click the mouse. When the object has been picked it is &lt;em&gt;highlighted&lt;/em&gt;
 in a dashed line to show that it is part of the current selection and 
the command line reports "1 found". You will now see the "Select 
objects" prompt on the command line again. At this point you can 
continue adding more objects to the current selection by picking them or
 you can press &lt;img alt="Return" class="absmiddle" height="13" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/return.gif" width="20" /&gt; or the Space Bar to complete the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;table class="center"&gt;
&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
 &lt;td class="middle"&gt;&lt;img alt="The Cross-hairs" height="108" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_selection/selec-01.gif" width="108" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td class="middle"&gt;&lt;img alt="The Pickbox" height="108" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_selection/selec-02.gif" width="108" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td class="middle"&gt;&lt;img alt="A Highlighted Object" height="108" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_selection/selec-03.gif" width="108" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
 &lt;td class="caption"&gt;The Crosshairs&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td class="caption"&gt;The Pickbox&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td class="caption"&gt;Highlighted Object&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you pick one or more objects in response to the "Select objects" prompt, you are effectively creating a &lt;em&gt;selection set&lt;/em&gt;.
 Selection sets are an important concept in AutoCAD because they can be 
used to great effect, especially when drawings become large or 
complicated.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Example"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;An Example&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
Follow the example below to get an idea how a selection set can be created by picking objects.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;h3&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Draw Two Circles&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
Draw two circles using the CIRCLE command, &lt;span class="menu"&gt;Draw&lt;img alt="" class="absmiddle" height="16" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/submenu.gif" width="14" /&gt;Circle&lt;img alt="" class="absmiddle" height="16" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/submenu.gif" width="14" /&gt;Center, Radius&lt;/span&gt; from the pull-down menu or &lt;img alt="Circle" class="absmiddle" height="22" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_selection/b-circle.gif" width="23" /&gt; from the Draw toolbar. The size and position of the circles does not matter.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;tt&gt;Command:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;CIRCLE&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick a point in the middle of the drawing window)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] &amp;lt;8.3453&amp;gt;:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick another point to define the circle circumference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Command:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;CIRCLE&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick the center point of the second circle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] &amp;lt;37.9174&amp;gt;:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick another point to define the circle circumference)&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;h3&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Erase the Two Circles&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
Erase the two circles using the ERASE command, &lt;span class="menu"&gt;Modify&lt;img alt="" class="absmiddle" height="16" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/submenu.gif" width="14" /&gt;Erase&lt;/span&gt; from the pull-down or &lt;img alt="Erase" class="absmiddle" height="22" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_selection/b-erase.gif" width="23" /&gt; from the Modify toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;tt&gt;Command:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;ERASE&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Select objects:&lt;/tt&gt; (place the pickbox over a circle circumference and left-click)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;1 found&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Select objects:&lt;/tt&gt; (place the pickbox over the second circle circumference and left-click)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;1 found&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Select objects:&lt;/tt&gt; (press &lt;img alt="Return" class="absmiddle" height="13" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/return.gif" width="20" /&gt; to complete the selection and erase the objects)&lt;br /&gt;


Creating selection sets by picking objects can become quite tedious 
if you want to select a large number of objects. Just imagine having to 
pick a hundred or more objects in a large drawing! Fortunately AutoCAD 
provides a number of selection options which can help you select objects
 more efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Window"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Window Selection&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
The Window option is invoked by typing &lt;span class="command"&gt;W&lt;/span&gt;
 in response to the "Select objects" prompt. Window allows you to define
 a rectangle using two points in exactly the same way as the RECTANGLE 
command. Once the window is defined, all objects which lie entirely 
within the window will be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;table class="center"&gt;
&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
 &lt;td class="left"&gt;&lt;img alt="Window selection" height="140" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_selection/selec-06.gif" width="210" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td class="right"&gt;&lt;img alt="Objects within Window" height="140" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_selection/selec-07.gif" width="210" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
 &lt;td class="caption"&gt;The Window selection box is shown&lt;br /&gt;as a rectangle with a solid line&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td class="caption"&gt;Only objects entirely within the&lt;br /&gt;window will be selected&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Command Sequence&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Command:&lt;/tt&gt; (start one of the Modify commands such as ERASE)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Select objects:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;W&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;First corner:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick first corner)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Specify opposite corner:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick second corner)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Select objects:&lt;/tt&gt; (at this point you can either select more objects or &lt;img alt="Return" class="absmiddle" height="13" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/return.gif" width="20" /&gt; to complete the selection set and continue with the current command.)&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Crossing"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Crossing Window Selection&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
The Crossing Window option is invoked by typing &lt;span class="command"&gt;C&lt;/span&gt;
 at the "Select objects" prompt and is a variation of the Window 
command. The command sequence is exactly the same but objects are 
selected which lie entirely within the window and those which cross the 
window border.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;table class="center"&gt;
&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
 &lt;td class="left"&gt;&lt;img alt="Crossing selection" height="140" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_selection/selec-08.gif" width="210" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td class="right"&gt;&lt;img alt="Objects crossing Window" height="140" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_selection/selec-09.gif" width="210" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
 &lt;td class="caption"&gt;The Crossing selection box is shown&lt;br /&gt;as a rectangle with a broken line&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td class="caption"&gt;Objects within and crossing the&lt;br /&gt;window will be selected&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Implied"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Implied Windowing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
Although you can explicitly invoke the Window and Crossing Window selection boxes by entering &lt;span class="command"&gt;W&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span class="command"&gt;C&lt;/span&gt;
 at the keyboard when prompted to "Select objects", in practice this is 
rarely done. Both of these selection options are so commonly used that 
AutoCAD provides a method of &lt;em&gt;implied windowing&lt;/em&gt; so that you 
don't have to use the keyboard at all. You can test this out without 
using any command. If you pick a point in space on the graphic window, 
you will notice that AutoCAD automatically assumes that you want to 
define a selection window and uses the pick point as the first point of 
that window. If you move the cursor to the right of the pick point you 
will get a Window selection box (solid line). If you move the cursor th 
the left you will get a Crossing Window selection box (broken line). 
With a little bit of practice the use of implied windowing can make the 
whole drawing process very efficient and you will rarely find yourself 
having to explicitly invoke the window selection options from the 
keyboard.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Undo"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;The Undo option&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
It often happens that you inadvertently add objects which you don't 
want to a selection set during its compilation. When this occurs in the 
middle of a complicated selection it can be pretty annoying. Fortunately
 AutoCAD allows you to undo the last selection made during the 
compilation of a selection set. All you need do is enter &lt;span class="command"&gt;U&lt;/span&gt; at the next "Select objects" prompt to remove the objects previously added.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="All"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Selecting All Objects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
The All option is invoked by typing &lt;span class="command"&gt;ALL&lt;/span&gt; 
at the "Select objects" prompt. You can use this option to select all 
the objects in the current drawing, no picking is required. Objects on 
Locked or Frozen layers are not selected but objects on layers which are
 simply turned off are selected.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Fence"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Fence Selection&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;img alt="Fence in action" class="right" height="141" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_selection/selec-04.gif" width="226" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The
 Fence option allows you to draw a multi-segment line, like a Polyline. 
All objects which cross the fence will be selected. The Fence option is 
invoked by typing &lt;span class="command"&gt;F&lt;/span&gt; at the "Select objects" prompt.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;tt&gt;Command:&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(start one of the Modify commands such as ERASE)&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;h4&gt;
Command Sequence&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Select objects:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;F&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;First fence point:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick first point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick second point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick another point or &lt;img alt="Return" class="absmiddle" height="13" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/return.gif" width="20" /&gt; to end fence selection)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Select objects:&lt;/tt&gt; (&lt;img alt="Return" class="absmiddle" height="13" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/return.gif" width="20" /&gt; to complete the selection set or add more objects)&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="WP"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Window Polygon Selection&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;img alt="Window Polygon in action" class="right" height="152" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_selection/selec-05.gif" width="244" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Window Polygon option, invoked by typing &lt;span class="command"&gt;WP&lt;/span&gt;
 is similar to the Window option except that you can define an irregular
 polygon shape within which objects will be selected. As with the Window
 option, only objects which fall entirely within the polygon will be 
selected.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;h4&gt;
Command Sequence&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Command:&lt;/tt&gt; (start one of the Modify commands)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Select objects:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;WP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;First polygon point:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick first point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick second point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick third point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick another point or
&lt;img alt="Return" class="absmiddle" height="13" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/return.gif" width="20" /&gt; to end polygon selection)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Select objects:&lt;/tt&gt; (&lt;img alt="Return" class="absmiddle" height="13" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/return.gif" width="20" /&gt; to complete the selection set or add more objects)&lt;br /&gt;


A polygon is formed by picking at least three points.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="CP"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Crossing Polygon Selection&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
The Crossing Polygon option can be used in exactly the same way as 
the Window Polygon option but it has the same selection criteria as the 
Crossing Window option, i.e. objects will be selected if they fall 
entirely within or touch the polygon boundary. This option is invoked by
 typing &lt;span class="command"&gt;CP&lt;/span&gt; at the "Select objects" prompt.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; Lines, polygons and windows drawn using the 
selection options do not exist as drawing objects. Once the selection 
has been made they disappear.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Previous"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Using a Previous Selection&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
AutoCAD always remembers the last selection set you defined. This is 
very useful because you may need to make a number of changes using 
different commands to the same group of objects. In order to re-select 
the last selection set you can use the Previous option. The previous 
option is invoked by typing &lt;span class="command"&gt;P&lt;/span&gt; at the "Select objects" prompt.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Last"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Selecting the Last Object&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
You can select the last object created by entering &lt;span class="command"&gt;L&lt;/span&gt; at the "Select objects" prompt.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Cycle"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Object Cycling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
When drawings become complicated it is sometimes difficult to select 
the particular object you want because it is either very close to or 
overlies another object. In such a case it may happen that the other 
object is selected and not the one you want. Object cycling is designed 
to overcome this problem. If you make a pick whilst holding the Control 
(Ctrl) key down, AutoCAD will respond with "&amp;lt;Cycle on&amp;gt;". If you 
continue to pick, each object near the pick point is highlighted in 
rotation. Just keep picking until the object you want is highlighted, 
then right-click or &lt;img alt="Return" class="absmiddle" height="13" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/return.gif" width="20" /&gt;,
 AutoCAD responds "&amp;lt;Cycle off&amp;gt;", the required object is added to 
the selection set and you can continue to select more objects as normal.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Add"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Adding and Removing Objects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
AutoCAD provides two methods for adding and removing objects to and 
from a selection set. As you know, objects can be added to a selection 
set simply by picking them or by using one of the methods outlined 
above. You can remove selected objects from a selection set just as 
easily by &lt;em&gt;shift picking&lt;/em&gt;. If you hold the Shift key down on the 
keyboard while picking a selected object, that object will be deselected
 (removed from the current selection set). You can tell when a selected 
object has been deselected because it is no longer highlighted. You can 
remove more than one object at a time by holding down the Shift key 
while using implied windowing. However, none of the other selection 
options which require keyboard input will work using the shift pick 
method.&lt;br /&gt;


If you need to remove a more complex selection from the current 
selection set you should use the Remove option to switch to Remove mode.
 If you enter &lt;span class="command"&gt;R&lt;/span&gt; at the "Select objects" prompt, AutoCAD will respond:&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;tt&gt;Remove objects:&lt;/tt&gt;

Objects now picked or selected using any of the above methods will be
 removed from the current selection set. When you have finished removing
 objects, you can return to Add mode by entering &lt;span class="command"&gt;A&lt;/span&gt; at the "Remove objects" prompt.&lt;br /&gt;


You can use any combination of picking, selection options and 
add/remove modes to define your selection set. Once you are happy that 
you have selected all the objects you need, just hit &lt;img alt="Return" class="absmiddle" height="13" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/return.gif" width="20" /&gt; to complete the selection process and to continue with the current command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/introduction-to-selecting-object.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-2458299934500397065</guid><pubDate>Wed, 10 Oct 2012 00:46:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-09T17:46:44.443-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Auto CAD</category><title>Setting the Linetype Scale</title><description>&lt;h2 id="Ltscale"&gt;
&lt;/h2&gt;
In many cases your linetypes will display just as you want them. 
However, it is inevitable that at some time you will need to change the 
scale at which your linetypes are displayed. By default the linetype 
scale is set to 1.0, this means that each linetype pattern will repeat 
every 1.0 drawing units. To make the pattern appear larger, change the 
scale to a larger number. Setting the linetype scale to 5.0 for example 
causes the linetype pattern to repeat every 5.0 drawing units so that 
the pattern will appear 5 times larger. Conversely, setting the scale to
 0.2 causes a repetition every 0.2 drawing units which will make the 
pattern appear 5 times smaller. See the illustrations below :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;img alt="Layer &amp;amp; Linetype Properties Dialogue Box" class="center" height="474" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/d-ltype3.gif" width="581" /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;
To change the linetype scale, click on the &lt;img alt="Linetype" class="absmiddle" height="23" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/b-ltype.gif" width="24" /&gt;
 button to bring up the Layer &amp;amp; Linetype Properties dialogue box. If
 the "Details" section of the dialogue box is not visible, click on the 
"Details&amp;gt;&amp;gt;" button to reveal it. The dialogue box should now look 
similar to the one shown above. You set the linetype scale by changing 
the value in the "Global scale factor" edit box. Once you have changed 
the scale factor, click on the OK button to return to your drawing. 
AutoCAD automatically regenerates the drawing to display all linetypes 
with the new scale factor.&lt;br /&gt;


You may have noticed from the Layer &amp;amp; Linetype Properties 
dialogue box that you can also set the linetype scale by object, using 
the "Current object scale" edit box. Whilst this is perfectly easy to 
do, the results can sometimes be unexpected, since the linetype scale of
 any object is a function of both the Global and Current scales. For 
example, setting the Global scale to 2.0 and the Current scale of an 
object to 0.5 results in the same appearance as if both scales were set 
to 1.0, the default values. In short, unless you have a really 
compelling reason to change it, keep the Current object scale set to 
1.0, this will avoid any confusion in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;table class="center"&gt;
&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;&lt;img alt="Linetype Scale = 1.0" height="180" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/oprop-11.gif" width="179" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td class="middle"&gt;&lt;img alt="Linetype Scale = 2.0" height="180" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/oprop-12.gif" width="179" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;&lt;img alt="Linetype Scale = 0.5" height="180" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/oprop-13.gif" width="179" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
 &lt;td class="caption"&gt;Linetype scale = 1.0&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td class="caption"&gt;Linetype scale = 2.0&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td class="caption"&gt;Linetype scale = 0.5&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As with other settings, AutoCAD allows the user to set the Global and
 Current linetype scales using the keyboard. Use the LTSCALE command to 
change the Global scale and the CELTSCALE command to change the Current 
linetype scale. It is often quicker to use the LTSCALE command when you 
are experimenting with linetype scales, this avoids having to navigate 
the dialogue box each time.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/setting-linetype-scale.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-6511263482162838967</guid><pubDate>Wed, 10 Oct 2012 00:44:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-09T17:44:27.832-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Auto CAD</category><title>Controlling Layer States</title><description>&lt;h2 id="States"&gt;
&lt;/h2&gt;
One of the best aspects of working with layers is the flexibility 
with which you can control their visibility. So far we have looked at 
the colour and linetype properties of layers. However, there are a 
number of other properties all of which relate to whether or not objects
 on a layer can be seen and/or modified. The current &lt;em&gt;state&lt;/em&gt; of 
these properties are all indicated by icons in the various layer lists. 
You will already have seen them if you have been following this 
tutorial. The meaning of these icons is shown in the table below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;



&lt;table class="center"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
 &lt;th scope="col"&gt;Icon&lt;/th&gt;
 &lt;th scope="col"&gt;Name&lt;/th&gt;
 &lt;th scope="col"&gt;Description&lt;/th&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class="row1"&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;&lt;img alt="" height="15" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/licon-01.gif" width="15" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;On&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;The layer is visible unless it is also frozen&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class="row2"&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;&lt;img alt="" height="15" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/licon-02.gif" width="15" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;Off&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;The layer is invisible but objects are still regenerated unless it is also frozen&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class="row1"&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;&lt;img alt="" height="15" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/licon-03.gif" width="15" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;Thaw in all&lt;br /&gt; viewports&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;The layer is not frozen&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class="row2"&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;&lt;img alt="" height="15" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/licon-04.gif" width="15" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;Freeze in all viewports&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;The layer is invisible and objects are suspended from regeneration&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class="row1"&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;&lt;img alt="" height="15" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/licon-05.gif" width="15" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;Thaw in current viewport&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;The layer is not frozen in the current viewport&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class="row2"&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;&lt;img alt="" height="15" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/licon-06.gif" width="15" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;Freeze in current viewport&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;The layer is frozen and invisible in the current viewport but may be visible in other viewports.&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class="row1"&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;&lt;img alt="" height="15" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/licon-07.gif" width="15" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;Thaw in new viewports&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;The layer is not frozen in new viewports when they are created&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class="row2"&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;&lt;img alt="" height="15" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/licon-08.gif" width="15" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;Freeze in new viewports&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;The layer will be frozen in any new viewport&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class="row1"&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;&lt;img alt="" height="15" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/licon-09.gif" width="15" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;Unlock&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;The layer is unlocked&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class="row2"&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;&lt;img alt="" height="15" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/licon-10.gif" width="15" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;Lock&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;td&gt;The layer is locked and objects cannot be selected or modified&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/controlling-layer-states.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-6840052755984072741</guid><pubDate>Wed, 10 Oct 2012 00:43:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-09T17:43:00.639-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Auto CAD</category><title>Creating a New Layer</title><description>&lt;h2 id="New"&gt;
&lt;/h2&gt;
To create a new layer, click on &lt;img alt="Layers" class="absmiddle" height="23" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/b-layers.gif" width="24" /&gt; in the Object Properties toolbar, the Layer &amp;amp; Linetype Properties dialogue box, illustrated below, appears. This is a &lt;em&gt;tabbed&lt;/em&gt;
 dialogue box and can be used to control either layer properties or 
linetype properties depending upon which tab is selected. The Layer tab 
is always selected by default. Now click on the "New" button. A new 
layer called "Layer1" is automatically created in the layer list below 
layer 0. As you can see from the illustration, the layer name is 
automatically highlighted for you so that you can give the layer a more 
meaningful name. When you have entered an appropriate name, press the &lt;img alt="Return" class="absmiddle" height="13" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/return.gif" width="20" /&gt;
 key to complete the operation. You have now created a new layer and 
given it a name. Notice that by default it has been assigned the colour 
white and the linetype "Continuous".&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;img alt="Layer &amp;amp; Linetype Properties Dialogue Box" class="center" height="330" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/d-layer1.gif" width="581" /&gt;\&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Error Message" class="right" height="169" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/oprop-08.gif" width="308" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There
 are a few restrictions to consider when you are naming layers. The most
 annoying is that you cannot use spaces within layer names. So, for 
example, the layer name "Tree trunk" is illegal. However, it is common 
practice to replace the space with either a hyphen or an underscore, 
both of which are valid layer name characters. So, the layer names 
"Tree-trunk" and "Tree_trunk" are both acceptable. Some other special 
characters are also not allowed. If you do use an illegal character, 
AutoCAD will alert you with the error message box illustrated above. 
Notice that it very helpfully tells you which characters are legal. 
Basically, if you stick with letters and numbers you won't experience 
any problems. In addition to the hyphen and underscore mentioned above, 
the dollar sign is the only other symbol allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;img alt="Error Message" class="left" height="130" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/oprop-09.gif" width="272" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The
 only other restriction relating to layer names is the number of 
characters used. Layer names can be between one and thirty-one 
characters long. This should give you plenty of scope to devise 
understandable and descriptive names for your layers. It is good drawing
 practice to name your layers sensibly, bear in mind that other people 
may have to work with drawings which you create. If you enter a layer 
name longer that 31 characters, AutoCAD will display the error message 
box shown on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;img alt="Layer Control" class="right" height="188" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/object_properties/oprop-14.gif" width="247" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Layers
 are always listed alphabetically in layer lists, the user has no other 
way to control the list order. It is worth bearing this in mind when 
naming your layers. Keep similar object layers together by devising a 
hierarchical naming structure. For example, if you are drawing a tree 
symbol which comprises a number of elements, your layer names might be, 
"Tree_canopy", "Tree_text", "Tree_trunk" etc. This will cause all the 
Tree layers to be displayed together, see the illustration on the right.
 This is quite important because in complicated drawings there may be 
many layers and searching for the right group of layers can waste a lot 
of time.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/creating-new-layer.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-7734930772344720208</guid><pubDate>Wed, 10 Oct 2012 00:38:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-09T17:38:40.010-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Auto CAD</category><title>Using Co-ordinates</title><description>&lt;h2 id="Intro"&gt;
Introduction&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;img alt="" class="right" height="238" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/using_coordinates/coor-01.gif" width="265" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A
 good understanding of how co-ordinates work in AutoCAD is absolutely 
crucial if you are to make the best use of the program. If you are not 
familiar with co-ordinates and co-ordinate systems, take some time to 
familiarise yourself with the basic concepts.&lt;br /&gt;


Co-ordinates fall into two types, namely Cartesian and Polar. A basic
 understanding of these co-ordinate types will help you to use AutoCAD 
to construct drawings more easily. In addition, these two co-ordinate 
types come in two distinct flavours. They can be either Absolute or 
Relative. Knowing just when and where to use the various types and 
flavours of co-ordinate is the key to efficient drawing with AutoCAD.&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Cart"&gt;
Cartesian Co-ordinates&lt;/h2&gt;
Despite the fancy title (named after the French philosopher and mathematician &lt;i&gt;René Descartes&lt;/i&gt;
 1596-1650), the Cartesian co-ordinate system is the standard 
co-ordinate system. The position of a point can be described by its 
distance from two axes, X and Y. This results in a simple point 
description using two numbers separated by a comma e.g. &lt;strong&gt;34.897,45.473&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;


In the example on the right the point described lies &lt;strong&gt;34.897&lt;/strong&gt; drawing units to the right of the Y axis and &lt;strong&gt;45.473&lt;/strong&gt; drawing units above the X axis. The first value (&lt;strong&gt;34.897&lt;/strong&gt;)
 is known as the X co-ordinate because it's value is measured along the X
 axis. The second value is known as the Y co-ordinate because it's value
 is measured along the Y axis. The X and Y axes are two lines of 
infinite length which intersect&lt;img alt="" class="left" height="255" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/using_coordinates/coor-02.gif" width="270" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
at the origin point. The co-ordinate value of the origin point is always &lt;strong&gt;0,0&lt;/strong&gt;.
 When viewed in plan the X and Y axes are always perpendicular to one 
another with the X axis in a horizontal position and the Y axis in a 
vertical position (See illustration). X co-ordinate values become 
negative to the left of the Y axis and Y co-ordinate values become 
negative below the X axis. All co-ordinate values (both X and Y) are 
negative in the lower left hand quadrant and positive in the upper right
 hand quadrant. Normally we try to work in the positive quadrant. 
Although this is not essential for AutoCAD to operate, it does tend to 
make life easier because we don't need to worry about negative numbers.&lt;br /&gt;


AutoCAD allows you to use co-ordinates to draw objects rather than 
using pick points. For example you could draw a line like this:&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;h4&gt;
Command Sequence&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Command:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;LINE&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;From point: &lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;34.897,45.473&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;To point:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;54.896,65.395&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;To point:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;img alt="Return" class="absmiddle" height="13" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/return.gif" width="20" /&gt; (to end)&lt;br /&gt;


This sequence draws a line between the two co-ordinate points 
specified. Note that if you enter a co-ordinate that is off the screen 
the line will still be drawn to the required point. You will then need 
to zoom out in order to see the whole line. You can also start the Line 
command by clicking &lt;img alt="Line" class="absmiddle" height="23" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/using_coordinates/b-line.gif" width="24" /&gt; on the Draw toolbar or from the pull-down menu (&lt;span class="menu"&gt;Draw&lt;img alt="" class="absmiddle" height="16" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/images/submenu.gif" width="14" /&gt;Line&lt;/span&gt;).&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Polar"&gt;
Polar Co-ordinates&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;img alt="" class="right" height="238" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/using_coordinates/coor-03.gif" width="265" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Polar co-ordinates achieve the same result i.e. the description of the 
position of a point. The main difference is that polar co-ordinates use 
one distance and one angle to describe the position of a point rather 
than the two distances in the Cartesian system. The distance and angle 
measurements are made relative to an origin. This results in a point 
description which looks like this &lt;strong&gt;34.897&amp;lt;30&lt;/strong&gt; where 
the first figure is the distance (in drawing units) and the second is 
the angle. Notice that the separator in the case of polar co-ordinates 
is the "less than" mathematical symbol. If you look at your keyboard you
 will see that this symbol is typed by using Shift and comma.&lt;br /&gt;


AutoCAD angles start at 3 o'clock (i.e. along the positive portion of
 the X axis) and increase in an anti-clockwise direction. You can 
specify negative angles if you need to define an angle in a clockwise 
direction although this is not really necessary because angles are 
circular, hence an angular value of -30 degrees will give the same 
result as an angular value of 330 degrees (there are 360 degrees in a 
full circle).&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class="top"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2 id="UCS"&gt;
The UCS Icon&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;img alt="" class="right" height="174" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/using_coordinates/coor-04.gif" width="168" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the bottom left hand corner of the AutoCAD drawing window you will 
see a symbol like the one shown on the right. This is called the UCS 
(User Co-ordinate System) icon and it is there to remind you which is 
the X axis and which is the Y axis. The empty box at the intersection of
 the X and Y axes is there to remind you that you are using "World" 
co-ordinates and that the UCS icon is not positioned over the true 
origin of the current co-ordinate system, probably because it is off 
screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Abs"&gt;
Absolute &amp;amp; Relative Co-ordinates&lt;/h2&gt;
Both Cartesian and polar co-ordinates come in two flavours, absolute 
and relative. The distinction is quite simple, absolute co-ordinates 
relate to the X and Y axes and the origin of the current co-ordinate 
system, whilst relative co-ordinates relate to the current pick point. 
When you are specifying co-ordinates you need to tell AutoCAD which type
 you want. Absolute co-ordinates are typed exactly as in the examples 
above. To specify a relative co-ordinate you need to use the "at" symbol
 as a prefix. In the case of the two examples above a relative Cartesian
 co-ordinate looks like this &lt;strong&gt;@34.897,45.473&lt;/strong&gt; and a relative polar co-ordinate looks like this &lt;strong&gt;@34.897&amp;lt;30&lt;/strong&gt;.
 Relative co-ordinates are very useful for drawing objects which you 
know the size of. For example, you could draw a square of 12 units with 
its lower left hand point at 30,40 as follows:&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;h4&gt;
Command Sequence&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Command:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;LINE&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;From point:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;30,40&lt;/span&gt; (an absolute Cartesian co-ordinate)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;To point:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;@0,12&lt;/span&gt; (a relative Cartesian co-ordinate)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;To point:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;@12&amp;lt;0&lt;/span&gt; (a relative polar co-ordinate)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;To point:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;@0,-12&lt;/span&gt; (another relative Cartesian co-ordinate)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;To point:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;C&lt;/span&gt; (to close)&lt;br /&gt;


Try this sequence out and watch the square drawn as you enter each 
co-ordinate value. You can also use this method to quickly draw a 
rectangle of known size. Say you needed to draw a rectangle 20 drawing 
units wide and 10 drawing units high and you didn't mind where exactly 
the rectangle is drawn, you could do this:&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;h4&gt;
Command Sequence&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Command:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;RECTANGLE&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Specify first corner point or [Chamfer/Elevation/Fillet/Thickness/Width]:&lt;/tt&gt; (pick a point near the middle of the drawing area)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;tt&gt;Specify other corner point or [Dimensions]:&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;span class="command"&gt;@20,10&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;


Note that the relative X co-ordinate determines the rectangle width 
and the relative Y co-ordinate determines the rectangle height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2 id="Stat"&gt;
The Status Bar&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;img alt="Co-ordinates" class="right" height="39" src="http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/using_coordinates/coor-05.gif" width="375" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status bar at the bottom of the AutoCAD window always shows the 
current co-ordinate value at the cursor point. Watch the co-ordinate 
values change as the cursor moves across the drawing area. You can turn 
the dynamic co-ordinate display off and on using the &lt;strong&gt;F6&lt;/strong&gt; key on the keyboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/using-co-ordinates.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-1011619790056623961</guid><pubDate>Wed, 10 Oct 2012 00:22:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-09T17:26:10.661-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Solid Work</category><title>Pattern</title><description>&lt;h3 class="post-title entry-title"&gt;
&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div class="post-header"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="post-body entry-content"&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"&gt;
&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhdeHmPlxM86aUdfkzWRTbGZLpQHotiWdPPRyDiBwiFqTv01UtabwdLdU4en7g-LX6vZiDQBCTltQYAW3Um0a0DHzmtt3cQYW0jxFhFomPD4Dimg039PcfhffgmwXPkoN36N2u8yswL3yI/s1600/Resize+of+SOLIDWORK+array1.JPG" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhdeHmPlxM86aUdfkzWRTbGZLpQHotiWdPPRyDiBwiFqTv01UtabwdLdU4en7g-LX6vZiDQBCTltQYAW3Um0a0DHzmtt3cQYW0jxFhFomPD4Dimg039PcfhffgmwXPkoN36N2u8yswL3yI/s400/Resize+of+SOLIDWORK+array1.JPG" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
Make Pattern in solidwork program was very easy.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
Many features - supporting features are already available in solidwork.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
Pattern itself is made item by repeating the selected features in an array based on the features we want.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
We
 can create linear patterns, circular patterns, curve pattern, fill 
pattern, or use a sketch or a table point coordinates to create a 
Pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp; &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;To reproduce the features in SolidWorks select the Properties option in the Visual PropertyManager.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
With multibody, we can use the pattern to some body in the same document.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
For the Circular Pattern, select the features and axis as the center of rotation, and define:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
Number of items and the distance angle or angle total number of items and to create patterns.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"&gt;
&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjbv8i2IYSNvyL7jQZrgLrXTPTtOEOvb79VL6vZ6d8S74zyDgHd7GeA1EPvQ8HQdzZEpVaXotvNCHGpDPz_q9QRCqx3nQX7HQtebmPlms2T2W2_J25OtDijhhJri3BEWCAXxjAoM6eV_cw/s1600/Resize+of+SOLIDWORK+array3.JPG" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjbv8i2IYSNvyL7jQZrgLrXTPTtOEOvb79VL6vZ6d8S74zyDgHd7GeA1EPvQ8HQdzZEpVaXotvNCHGpDPz_q9QRCqx3nQX7HQtebmPlms2T2W2_J25OtDijhhJri3BEWCAXxjAoM6eV_cw/s400/Resize+of+SOLIDWORK+array3.JPG" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To Curve Driven Pattern, select 
the features and the edge or sketch segment in which to pattern these 
features. Then we can determine the type of curve, curve method, and 
method of alignment.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"&gt;
&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiJpoUU1xzwBuj4-W4B12-NO_0s_h7KruLLJo-hO2r6Al5V2d0JIJehffoU-fyWftPd3spTm2V3-DHmHBlWJ1OIH9v-djgdaeZRpXOJZo8ozrOFuyD4KqXH6fBf3c2SRO7ANpVbLLmIHNY/s1600/Resize+of+SOLIDWORK+array4.JPG" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiJpoUU1xzwBuj4-W4B12-NO_0s_h7KruLLJo-hO2r6Al5V2d0JIJehffoU-fyWftPd3spTm2V3-DHmHBlWJ1OIH9v-djgdaeZRpXOJZo8ozrOFuyD4KqXH6fBf3c2SRO7ANpVbLLmIHNY/s400/Resize+of+SOLIDWORK+array4.JPG" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Pattern Sketch, choose where to fill a seed by a sketch feature points on the face model.&lt;br /&gt;
For the Table Pattern, add to or take the previous item with XY coordinates to fill the feature.&lt;br /&gt;
For Pattern Fill, fill the area defined by the pattern features.&lt;br /&gt;
We also can create patterns, and a mirror copy of the patterns and the control and modify patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"&gt;
&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjWmris3GR0WUN3r_KzST1XZ261_OXqGlKD1WRGRscYSrPWai_x8cc-WBz9CY5eP5dm2MshxUm2AEApO8_Qp97i9w_ozHXtg9AgTUK6H63NfcL0cSTB8dF7_edSbkmSM4HRQGrkA2s2oAY/s1600/Resize+of+SOLIDWORK+array5.JPG" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjWmris3GR0WUN3r_KzST1XZ261_OXqGlKD1WRGRscYSrPWai_x8cc-WBz9CY5eP5dm2MshxUm2AEApO8_Qp97i9w_ozHXtg9AgTUK6H63NfcL0cSTB8dF7_edSbkmSM4HRQGrkA2s2oAY/s400/Resize+of+SOLIDWORK+array5.JPG" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ins style="border: none; display: inline-table; height: 125px; margin: 0; padding: 0; position: relative; visibility: visible; width: 125px;"&gt;&lt;ins id="aswift_2_anchor" style="border: none; display: block; height: 125px; margin: 0; padding: 0; position: relative; visibility: visible; width: 125px;"&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/pattern.html</link><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhdeHmPlxM86aUdfkzWRTbGZLpQHotiWdPPRyDiBwiFqTv01UtabwdLdU4en7g-LX6vZiDQBCTltQYAW3Um0a0DHzmtt3cQYW0jxFhFomPD4Dimg039PcfhffgmwXPkoN36N2u8yswL3yI/s72-c/Resize+of+SOLIDWORK+array1.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-2431016371968993658</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Oct 2012 23:52:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-09T16:55:47.897-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Solid Work</category><title>Boss/Base Loft Feature</title><description>&lt;div class="post-excerpt"&gt;
&amp;nbsp; &lt;b&gt;How to make Boss/Base Loft Feature&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&lt;img alt="SolidWorks Loft feature" class="attachment-post-thumbnail wp-post-image" height="320" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Loft1.jpg" title="Loft" width="320" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Loft feature is an important tool for 
surface modeling . With the Loft feature you can create organic shapes 
with multiple 2D and 3D sketches and guidecurves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
The Loft feature is an important tool for surface
 modeling . With the Loft feature you can create organic shapes with 
multiple 2D and 3D sketches and guidecurves. Today we will take a look 
at this feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Open a new part with model units set to millimeters&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to: &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;File &amp;gt; New &amp;gt; Part&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/New_Part1.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="New Part1 Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-110" height="93" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/New_Part1.png" title="New_Part" width="70" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create a 2D sketch&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select the Front Plane in the feature tree (menu at the left side) and create a sketch by clicking on the 2D Sketch icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2d_sketch1.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="2d sketch1 Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-111" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2d_sketch1.png" title="2d_sketch" width="20" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The display changes so the Front plane faces you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/01_create_a_2d_sketch_in_solidworks.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="01 create a 2d sketch in solidworks Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1275" height="329" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/01_create_a_2d_sketch_in_solidworks.png" title="01_create_a_2d_sketch_in_solidworks" width="602" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create a shape with the Spline tool&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Spline&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Spline.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="Spline Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-334" height="19" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Spline.png" title="Spline" width="18" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use multiple Spline points to create a contour as shown in the picture&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that the endpoint of the Spline is connected with the startpoint of the Spline &amp;nbsp;to create a closed contour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/02_spline_in_solidworks.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="02 spline in solidworks Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1276" height="444" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/02_spline_in_solidworks.png" title="02_spline_in_solidworks" width="530" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click at the Sketch button in the upper right corner close the 2D Sketch&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/close_sketch.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="close sketch Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-98" height="26" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/close_sketch.png" title="close_sketch" width="23" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create a new plane parallel at the Front Plane&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to: &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Insert &amp;gt; Reference Geometry &amp;gt; Plane &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Plane icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/New_Plane.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="New Plane Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-327" height="23" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/New_Plane.png" title="New_Plane" width="25" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select the Front Plane as shown in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;
Change the Offset Distance &amp;nbsp;into 110 mm.&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Offset_Distance.png.bmp"&gt;&lt;img alt="Offset Distance.png Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1283" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Offset_Distance.png.bmp" title="Offset_Distance.png" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click OK&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/ok.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="ok Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-103" height="21" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/ok.png" title="ok" width="24" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/03_make_a_new_plane.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="03 make a new plane Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1277" height="263" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/03_make_a_new_plane.png" title="03_make_a_new_plane" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create a Circle sketch&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Circle &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the circle icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/circle.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="circle Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-97" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/circle.png" title="circle" width="18" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Draw a circle as shown in the picture&lt;br /&gt;
Close the Sketch&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/close_sketch.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="close sketch Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-98" height="26" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/close_sketch.png" title="close_sketch" width="23" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/04_draw_a_circle.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="04 draw a circle Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1278" height="500" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/04_draw_a_circle.png" title="04_draw_a_circle" width="581" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Create a 3D Sk&lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;etch&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click at the Dropdown menu under the 2D sketch option to select the 3D Sketch icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/3d_sketch.bmp"&gt;&lt;img alt="3d sketch Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1284" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/3d_sketch.bmp" title="3d_sketch" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Create a shape with the Spline tool&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Spline &lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: black;"&gt;or click at the Spline icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Spline.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="Spline Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-334" height="19" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Spline.png" title="Spline" width="18" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Draw a two-point Spline without any midpoints.&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dimensions of the blue Spline arrow to create a curve as shown in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;
Close the Sketch&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/close_sketch.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="close sketch Boss/Base Loft feature" height="26" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/close_sketch.png" title="close_sketch" width="23" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/05_solidworks_guide_curve.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="05 solidworks guide curve Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1279" height="376" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/05_solidworks_guide_curve.png" title="05_solidworks_guide_curve" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Now it’s time to draw the Loft&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Insert &amp;gt; Boss/Base &amp;gt; Loft&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; or click at the Loft icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Loft.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="Loft Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-326" height="18" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Loft.png" title="Loft" width="17" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select &lt;b&gt;Sketch1&lt;/b&gt; and &lt;b&gt;Sketch2&lt;/b&gt; as loft profiles&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Profiles.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="Profiles Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-330" height="21" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Profiles.png" title="Profiles" width="22" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enanble the &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Show preview&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; option&lt;br /&gt;
Drag at the green balls if you can’t see a preview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/06_loft.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="06 loft Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1280" height="332" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/06_loft.png" title="06_loft" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Add a Guide Curve&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To define the shape of the Loft it’s possible to add (multiple) &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Guide Curves&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click in the purple Guide Curve box and select &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;3DSketch1&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; in the feature tree or the model&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Guide_Curves.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="Guide Curves Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-322" height="22" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Guide_Curves.png" title="Guide_Curves" width="21" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/07_solidworks_loft_with_guidecurve.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="07 solidworks loft with guidecurve Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1281" height="363" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/07_solidworks_loft_with_guidecurve.png" title="07_solidworks_loft_with_guidecurve" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click &lt;b&gt;OK &lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;to apply your Loft&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/ok.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="ok Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-103" height="21" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/ok.png" title="ok" width="24" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/08_solidworks_loft.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="08 solidworks loft Boss/Base Loft feature" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1282" height="373" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/08_solidworks_loft.png" title="08_solidworks_loft" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The best way to discover all the possibilities with the loft feature 
is to practice a lot. Do you have any questions about the Loft feature? 
Leave a message below and I will answer them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/bossbase-loft-feature.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-394549500918765833</guid><pubDate>Mon, 08 Oct 2012 08:22:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-08T01:22:21.236-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Auto CAD</category><title>Creating Set Sheets</title><description>&lt;strong&gt;How may sheets could a sheetset set if a sheetset could set sheets? &lt;/strong&gt;Well actually sheetsets can set sheets, so let's find out.&lt;br /&gt; 
            &lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            Concept:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
              Sheet sets are the digital version of the rolled up groups of drawings shoved
              in the back corner behind you. Actually they are the next logical progression
              from Pack 'n' Go. This time though, you are just sending the layouts
              and not your actual CAD file. There are a lot of variables involved when
              you use these, but you will give you an idea of what's involved. Sheet sets
              can be published as DWF's or opened up in &lt;b&gt;ACAD 2005&lt;/b&gt; (.dst extension).
            &lt;table align="center" border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" style="width: 480px;"&gt;
              &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr align="center" bgcolor="#FFFFCC"&gt;
                &lt;td width="68"&gt;&lt;b&gt;COMMAND&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
                &lt;td width="117"&gt;&lt;b&gt;KEYBOARD&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
                &lt;td width="50"&gt;&lt;b&gt;ICON&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
                &lt;td width="203"&gt;&lt;b&gt;DESCRIPTION&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                &lt;td align="center" width="68"&gt;Sheetset&lt;/td&gt;
                &lt;td class="style8" width="117"&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;span style="font-family: Courier New, Courier, mono;"&gt;Sheetset&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
                &lt;td align="center" width="50"&gt;&lt;img alt="Sheetset Icon" border="0" height="35" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad_08/tutorials/level_4/images/sheetset_icon.gif" width="35" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
                &lt;td width="203"&gt;Opens the Sheetset Manager&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Procedure:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
              The first thing you would do
              is check that you have all your 'ducks in a row' concerning
              the drawings and layouts that you plan to publish. It
              sounds obvious, but you don't want to keep creating Sheet
              Sets after you find the layouts are scaled wrong, duplicated
              or whatever.&lt;br /&gt;
              Start the command, &lt;strong class="style8"&gt;SHEETSET&lt;/strong&gt;,
              or use the&lt;strong&gt; File &amp;gt; New Sheet Set&lt;/strong&gt; menu 
option
              to invoke the command (for those that like icons, it looks
              like the rolled up sheets shoved in the corner behind you.
 The palette will open as shown below - select the New Sheetset option.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Sheetset Palette" height="394" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad_08/tutorials/level_4/images/ss_dia_0.gif" width="266" /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
After that , you'll see what could
              possible be the largest dialog box you've ever seen with so
              little info:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="" height="429" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad_08/tutorials/level_4/images/ss_dia_1.gif" width="601" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
In this example,
              use some existing drawings that are part of
              the default samples provided. you Press "Next" and
              get taken to Step 2.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Sheet Set Details" height="425" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad_08/tutorials/level_4/images/ss_dia_2.gif" width="595" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
This seems fairly simple, give
              your set a name(1), a description(2), tell AutoCAD
              where to save the file(3). There is a button for "Sheet
              Set Properties" that gives you some more options
              on the set (below) - you can even create your own
              custom fields here.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Sheet Set Properties" height="425" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad_08/tutorials/level_4/images/ss_dia_3.gif" width="595" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
 For the sake
              of simplicity, this lesson will not cover this, but it is straightforward to create your own fields. &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
 The next tab is where
              you can select the "folders" where your drawings
              are saved and add them to the Set. In your AutoCAD installation folder, select the sample folder shown below. &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Choose Layouts" border="0" height="509" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad_08/tutorials/level_4/images/ss_dia_4.gif" width="601" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
You now can turn on or off
              the layouts as you need to them.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;span class="style5"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;img alt="Confirm" height="425" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad_08/tutorials/level_4/images/ss_dia_5.gif" width="595" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
&lt;span class="code"&gt;The last step is to confirm what you just did in the final
            tab of the wizard.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Confirm" height="425" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad_08/tutorials/level_4/images/ss_dia_5a.gif" width="595" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
You see a list
              of layouts that will be part of this Sheet Set - if it's
              what you want,  press "Finish".&lt;br /&gt;
                  &lt;br /&gt;
              After finishing the wizard, you are back in AutoCAD and
              ready to work with the Sheet Set.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
If you double-click
              on a sheet name, it opens up in a layout tab. you have
              other options as well if you right-click on a sheet.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Sheet Set Options in AutoCAD" height="530" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad_08/tutorials/level_4/images/ss_dia_6a.gif" title="Sheet Set Options in AutoCAD" width="329" /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
              The view list (second tab down) allows you to zoom directly to any saved
              view that was part of the layout (a new, great use for views).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
In the Publish menu there is a button
              that lets you "Publish to DWF". This will
              publish whichever Sheets you have highlighted (all
              in one file). You can also right-click and select Publish for individual sets. &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
In the "Details" section,
              you have the option of either viewing the file information,
              or a thumbnail.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/creating-set-sheets.html</link><thr:total>1</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-3720947602762916685</guid><pubDate>Mon, 08 Oct 2012 08:12:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-08T01:16:07.690-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Auto CAD</category><title>SECTION VIEWS</title><description>In drafting there are a lot times where you want to 
give a lot of information, but not all of the views are helping to get 
your message across. Sometimes you just need to slice the object(s) down
 the middle and show what the guts look like. Using this method, you get
 a cross section of the part, or a "&lt;b&gt;Section View&lt;/b&gt;".
                          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Section View Example in Drafting" height="275" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/level_1/images/section-view-example.gif" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
Take a look at the drawing 
above. You'll see a complex assembly drawing and two different section 
views. On the far left, you see the line that indicates where Section 
B-B is. On the right side, you see the section view. Does it make sense 
to you? What you are seeing is the cross section view of the metal beam 
part of the of the bracket. It's shown so that you can see what size the
 area is without having to look at the entire side view of the assembly.
 Section views are used for clarity.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
Look for the indicators for
 Section A-A. Then look at the top right view. You'll see that the beam 
part is shown as well as the hole that is drilled through it.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
Section views are used in 
Mechanical and Architechural drafting. Anytime you need to show some 
detail that isn't readily seen from an exterior view, "cut it up" and 
draw it.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h1 align="justify"&gt;
Looking at Section Views&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
If you understand 
Orthographic Projection and Hatching (you read the other two tutorials, 
right?) then you should be able to handle section views easily. Have a 
look at the image below and see if it all makes sense.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Section View in AutoCAD" height="640" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/level_1/images/section-view.gif" title="Section View in AutoCAD" width="585" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
What you see is a very 
simple block with a hole drilled. This shows that the section view and 
the front view are almost the same. In fact, I just copied the Front 
view down to begin the section view. I changed some linetypes and then 
hatched it.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
If you have more than one 
part in your view, you will need to make sure that it stands out. Here I
 have the same part as above, but with another piece placed inside it.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Section view" height="223" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/level_1/images/section-view-2.gif" title="Section view" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
Here's an example of how a 
section view can be used in Architechural drafting. By using standard 
hatch patterns, someone else can look at the drawing and see that this 
shows a concrete foundation with earth on one side.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Section view" height="400" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/level_1/images/section-view-3.gif" title="Section view" width="380" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
I think by now you're getting the idea of how section views and hatching help to tell the story of what you are drawing. &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h1 align="justify"&gt;
Drawing Section views in AutoCAD&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
For this exercise, we'll 
start with a simple drawing. Begin by drawing the part below, and as 
you're drawing, think about what the section view will look like. You do
 not need to draw the Isometric view, it is just for reference.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Section view" height="281" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/level_1/images/section-view-4.gif" title="Section view" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
To draw the &lt;b&gt;"Cutting Plane"&lt;/b&gt;
 that marks the section, draw a line and then use the leader command to 
make the arrows. Add text for the "A"s. Ok - what is your section view 
going to look like? &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
The Cutting Plane points up
 from the front view, It doesn't mean that it's pointing at the top 
view, but in this case it works. Also note the the Cutting Plane is in 
the middle. So if you chose the Top View, you're correct.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
Copy the Top View. Straight
 up will work fine. You can keep the dimensions. It's a good idea to 
make sure that it is directly above the other view in case you have to 
stretch part of it. Then you can do both views at once.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
What lines need to be changed? Do you still need hidden lines?&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
This is what your Section view should look like before hatching: &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Section view" height="195" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/level_1/images/section-view-5.gif" title="Section view" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
Is it still making sense? 
You needed to trim the line where the shaft on the right joins the part,
 because in the section view, this is solid. You needed to change the 
lines for the two holes from hidden to solid because they are not hidden
 any more. You should now be ready to add a Hatch patten to the view.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
The Hatch command might be a little different depending upon the version that you are using. This example shows AutoCAD 2012.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
Start the &lt;span class="style8"&gt;Hatch&lt;/span&gt;
 command and pick in the spots shown below. You want all three areas 
picked at the same time so that the hatch creates one object instead of 
three. This is needed so that you can edit the hatch and all the areas 
will look the same.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Section view" height="193" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/level_1/images/section-view-6.gif" title="Section view" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
The areas picked will fill up with the last used hatch pattern and settings that were used. That's fine, we'll edit them now.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Section view" height="199" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/level_1/images/section-view-7.gif" title="Section view" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
This is a big toobar / ribbon for this command. There are really only three items you need to be aware of to make it work:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul align="left"&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Pattern:&lt;/b&gt; The pattern should indicate what material is used in the area that is hatched.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt; Angle: &lt;/b&gt;Most of the time this will be 0 degrees, but sometimes you want to change it.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt; &lt;b&gt;Scale: &lt;/b&gt;This is the one
 that gets changed a lot.  If your hatch pattern 'looks solid' - then 
you usually have to increase the scale because the lines are too close 
together.  If the hatch pattern 'looks empty' - then you might have to 
scale it down because the lines are too far apart.  The scale will vary 
depending upon what size your drawing is.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
If everything went well, the Section view you have should look like this:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Section view" height="205" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/level_1/images/section-view-8.gif" title="Section view" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
It's up to you if you want 
to put your hatch on a separate layer. It can help a lot as you get into
 more complex drawings. As you learn about printing through Layout Tabs,
 think about how having your Hatch can be useful on it's own layer - and
 maybe more than one layer.                          &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h1 align="justify"&gt;
Other uses for Section Views&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
Here is a section view that
 is used to show a break in a solid bar and a pipe. This is a common way
 of showing long pipes that don't fit in your drawing, just add a break,
 but dimention the full length.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Section view" height="310" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/level_1/images/section-view-9.gif" title="Section view" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
Here's an exercise for you: reproduce the image of a foundation below:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="center"&gt;
&lt;img alt="Section view" height="400" src="http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/level_1/images/section-exercise.jpg" title="Section view" width="389" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
More exercises from Textbook of Machine Drawing&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=werherecom-20&amp;amp;l=as2&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=8120337212&amp;amp;camp=217145&amp;amp;creative=399373" style="border: none !important; margin: 0px !important;" width="1" /&gt;. Draw&amp;nbsp;these parts out in Orthographic View and then draw the Section view.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h1 align="justify"&gt;
Conclusion&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
Section views are not 
usually very difficult to draw, because you should have a lot of the 
information first. You will draw your sections last and try to base them
 off of existing drawings first.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align="justify"&gt;
If you have the 
opportunity, look at drawing sets and see where they are used. If you 
are drawing something try out a section view, it's good practice for 
Hatching and also for developing your "CAD" eye.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/section-views.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-6830161820448225466</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 17:35:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T10:35:35.207-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Auto CAD</category><title>Isometric Text</title><description>&lt;h4&gt;
Isometric Text&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
	
				
			&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;img align="left" alt="" height="166" src="http://tentangcad.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/04/screencapture24.jpg" style="display: inline; margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px;" width="150" /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;h4&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&lt;/h4&gt;
How to make Isometric text?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, create two styles. Use oblique angle 30 deg for one style and -30 deg for the other.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;img alt="obluque" border="0" height="101" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SqmjF2VhCiI/AAAAAAAAAyk/r0B7fPK0sjU/obluque_thumb.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="obluque" width="133" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Now place your text (single or multi line), change the rotation to 30
 deg or -30 deg. It depends on where you want to put it. See next image 
as reference.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
Specify rotation angle of text &amp;lt;0&amp;gt;: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: red;"&gt;-30&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;
Try to create it with several style and text angle combination. Well, basically these three are all you need.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;img alt="isometric" border="0" height="271" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SqmjN7bx1bI/AAAAAAAAAys/4jKrQmhDSP8/isometric_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="isometric" width="350" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;h4&gt;
Isometric Dimension&lt;/h4&gt;
What about dimensions? You also have to create two styles. One of the style use 30 deg text style, and the other one use -30deg.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;img alt="dimension text style" border="0" height="186" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SqmjWIS9T8I/AAAAAAAAAy0/k_siB-uobaY/dimension%20text%20style_thumb.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="dimension text style" width="244" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Now place aligned dimension.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;img alt="aligned dimension" border="0" height="115" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SqmjgDlv4RI/AAAAAAAAAy8/H6PIENo4WEE/aligned%20dimension_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="aligned dimension" width="240" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Now we have to do a little modification.&lt;br /&gt;

Activate DIMEDIT [enter], choose OBLIQUE, then give 30 or -30 as oblique angle. Once again, depends where your dimension is.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
Command:&amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: red;"&gt;DIMEDIT&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter type of dimension editing [Home/New/Rotate/Oblique] &amp;lt;Home&amp;gt;: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: red;"&gt;O &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select objects: 1 found&lt;br /&gt;
Select objects:&lt;br /&gt;
Enter obliquing angle (press ENTER for none): &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: red;"&gt;-30&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;
See this image as reference.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;img alt="isometric dimension" border="0" height="289" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/Sqmjr3kZgPI/AAAAAAAAAzE/5Ui4PpitFnE/isometric%20dimension_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="isometric dimension" width="400" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Now if you examine the drawing carefully, the dimension arrows don’t look right. They don’t look isometric yet.&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/isometric-text.html</link><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="http://lh6.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SqmjF2VhCiI/AAAAAAAAAyk/r0B7fPK0sjU/s72-c/obluque_thumb.jpg?imgmax=800" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-8784843780165812545</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 17:30:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T10:30:59.334-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Auto CAD</category><title>Creating a Door</title><description>In your AutoCAD file, create a new layer: &lt;strong&gt;A-Door, with color: blue, and lineweight: 0.09 mm&lt;/strong&gt;. Set this layer as current layer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

Draw a 50×150 rectangle as the frame. Copy it to it’s right with 
700mm distance. Draw a rectangle 30×650 as door panel. Then draw an arc 
for swing symbol to complete it.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDUCPqcUI/AAAAAAAAAqY/Pvtxqd0pWO0/s1600-h/door%20geometry%5B7%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="door geometry" border="0" height="140" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDVvJ-sHI/AAAAAAAAAqc/7iNMkmSA0FA/door%20geometry_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="door geometry" width="129" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

The last thing we are going to add is a wipeout. Activate it, and draw a rectangle wipeout that covers the whole door width.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDW8s2UKI/AAAAAAAAAqg/JH2jDl1qjU4/s1600-h/wipeout%5B2%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="wipeout" border="0" height="100" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDYcoAYkI/AAAAAAAAAqk/iUNFOCHD1C8/wipeout_thumb.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="wipeout" width="141" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

You will see the door frames are covered by the wipeout. Select the wipeout, right click, then from context menu select &lt;strong&gt;draw order&amp;gt;send to back&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDaWXSdYI/AAAAAAAAAqo/0dVxnDJdZA8/s1600-h/send%20to%20back%5B5%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="send to back" border="0" height="226" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDdeubXvI/AAAAAAAAAqs/DQxLZ4SrLNw/send%20to%20back_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="send to back" width="500" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Why do we use wipeout? We are going to host our door to a wall. We 
don’t want to trim or modify our wall after door placement. And 
modifying the wall length will be reported incorrectly. So we add 
wipeout to cover our wall later. We will try this at the end :)&lt;br /&gt;

Now as usual, create a block from this object. We will create it as 
dynamic block. Give it name ‘Single Door’. You can define insertion 
point wherever you think appropriate. Open your block in block editor.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;h4&gt;
Adding Parameters and Action&lt;/h4&gt;
We are still using linear parameter. Add a linear parameter as below.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDfmzH8fI/AAAAAAAAAqw/o3dSORcd0_8/s1600-h/door%20parameter%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="door parameter" border="0" height="191" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDhVGsoRI/AAAAAAAAAq0/2kvfbxCNXbQ/door%20parameter_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="door parameter" width="150" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Delete the left arrow. Or you can change ‘number of grips value’ to 1 in properties palette.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;
There are 3 action we need to add, based to this parameter:&lt;/h3&gt;
1. Add a stretch action to stretch our door width. &lt;a href="http://cad-notes.com/2009/08/dynamic-block-tutorial-1-creating-wall/"&gt;Similar to what we do with adding action to dynamic block wall&lt;/a&gt;. This time we only need to create a small rectangle to include the right door frame and the wipeout.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDjJGldqI/AAAAAAAAAq4/R0eUSonNXgQ/s1600-h/stretch%20width%20action%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="stretch width action" border="0" height="184" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDkowkesI/AAAAAAAAAq8/FrD-mbUP3fw/stretch%20width%20action_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="stretch width action" width="240" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

2. Add scale action to resize the arc door swing symbol. This action 
is very simple to add. Just select the parameter, then select the arc. 
[ENTER] to finish.&lt;br /&gt;

3. Add another stretch action for resizing the door panel. Only select the door panel when this action ask you to select object.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDmQx_a4I/AAAAAAAAArA/HoBmIfApKBI/s1600-h/door%20panel%20action%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="door panel action" border="0" height="240" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDnmLgB4I/AAAAAAAAArE/kgr9AAwJHe8/door%20panel%20action_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="door panel action" width="208" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;h4&gt;
Parameter and Action Properties&lt;/h4&gt;
Placing those action is easy I believe. But we are not finish yet. We
 are going to limit the size. We don’t want AutoCAD users to change the 
door size without a guidance. &lt;a href="http://cad-notes.com/2009/08/dynamic-block-tutorial-2-creating-column/"&gt;We will change some parameter properties just like we did when we create column&lt;/a&gt;. Select the parameter. Change the Dist type to ‘List’ and click the … button to input distance value list.&lt;br /&gt;

Don’t forget to change this parameter name to something like ‘width’ or ‘door width’.&lt;br /&gt;

*You may want to use Increment. But since the last time we used it, I think it will be better to use list now.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDpqO9RUI/AAAAAAAAArI/_pTXFThEkPU/s1600-h/parameter%20value%20set%5B2%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="parameter value set" border="0" height="163" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDuyBUWyI/AAAAAAAAArM/mr1apUCtjIw/parameter%20value%20set_thumb.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="parameter value set" width="234" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Add more values to define your door width.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDxNknmJI/AAAAAAAAArQ/w5wQ5rnfBiU/s1600-h/distance%20list%5B2%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="distance list" border="0" height="244" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDzZdVh_I/AAAAAAAAArU/2ZgHPmUhhsg/distance%20list_thumb.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="distance list" width="215" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

The last one, is changing an action properties. Not only parameter 
has properties! Remember the stretch action for the door panel? Where do
 you think the door panel will be stretch? Horizontally!&lt;br /&gt;

We need to change a property to override this behavior. Select this 
action, open your palette property. Under overrides category, change the
 angle offset to 90 degrees.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYD1EpAxUI/AAAAAAAAArY/MV6Jjd8P75o/s1600-h/action%20overrides%5B2%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="action overrides" border="0" height="64" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYD2ghBxyI/AAAAAAAAArc/FmYSEZjJniY/action%20overrides_thumb.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="action overrides" width="231" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

This will override the stretch action, it will stretch the door panel vertically even the parameter is stretch horizontally.&lt;br /&gt;

Ok, we are done! Save block, and close block editor.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYD4lzxeCI/AAAAAAAAArg/C9flTFVsiH4/s1600-h/save%20block%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="save block" border="0" height="98" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYD6I0jxFI/AAAAAAAAArk/xaR20Evq16Q/save%20block_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg?imgmax=800" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" title="save block" width="149" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;


If you have difficulties with the tutorial, you can watch this video. 
But sorry, this video don’t use WIPEOUT. But shouldn’t be a problem, 
because we are emphasizing on parameters and actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One more thing. We still can see our wipeout frame. Let’s turn it 
off. Activate wipeout, then type F [ENTER] to activate frame option. 
Type OFF [ENTER] to turn it off.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
Command: WIPEOUT&lt;br /&gt;
Specify first point or [Frames/Polyline] &amp;lt;Polyline&amp;gt;: F&lt;br /&gt;
Enter mode [ON/OFF] &amp;lt;ON&amp;gt;: OFF&lt;br /&gt;
Regenerating model.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/blockquote&gt;
Try to stretch your door and don’t forget to try placing your door at walls!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/creating-door.html</link><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="http://lh3.ggpht.com/_Uq907Hmj7AE/SpYDVvJ-sHI/AAAAAAAAAqc/7iNMkmSA0FA/s72-c/door%20geometry_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg?imgmax=800" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-6734524906727237837</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 17:22:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T10:22:31.466-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Photoshop</category><title>Devil's Eye</title><description>This is how to make a Devil's eye in PhotoShop&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_copy_627200712723AM_111113.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

					        
				        
				        
				        
				        			
        			
        			
			        
			        
			        
        			
			        
		        
                
		    &lt;a href="http://www.blogger.com/blogger.g?blogID=2621083821332221281" name="926"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;

		    
	    	

    

		&lt;div class="thread-item" id="comment-container-927"&gt;
            
		            &lt;div class="thread-item-a"&gt;
			            &lt;div class="sticker-container"&gt;
				            &lt;div&gt;
					            &lt;i&gt;"Devil's Eye"&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
				            &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="thread-item-l"&gt;
				        &lt;div class="thread-item-t" id="comment-927" rel="927"&gt;

					        &lt;div class="like-float" id="like-927"&gt;
						        &lt;div class="l-no"&gt;
                                    
                    &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="comment-credit"&gt;
						        &lt;span style="font-size: large;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;First steps&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="less-time"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
					        &lt;/div&gt;
Well first off you need an eye to work on(get a big and high resolutioned one). Or you can grab this one.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_copy_627200712937AM_111112.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;First duplicate the eye layer(and work on the &lt;br /&gt;duplicated
 one so you can toogle back and forth later, and see the changes),to do 
this go to your "layer/channels/paths" window,right click the word 
background and chose "duplicate layer". I marked the window with red.&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_copy_627200714026AM_layerschannelpathfortut.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

					        
				        &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;a href="http://www.blogger.com/blogger.g?blogID=2621083821332221281" name="927"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;

		    
	    &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="thread-item" id="comment-container-928"&gt;
            
		            &lt;div class="thread-item-a"&gt;
			            &lt;div class="sticker-container"&gt;
				            &lt;div&gt;
					            &lt;a href="http://all.worth1000.com/artists/lordgilamesh"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;
				            &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="thread-item-l"&gt;
				        &lt;div class="thread-item-t" id="comment-928" rel="928"&gt;

					        &lt;div class="like-float" id="like-928"&gt;
						        &lt;div class="l-no"&gt;
                     &lt;br /&gt;               
                    &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="comment-credit"&gt;
						        &lt;span class="less-time"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
					        &lt;/div&gt;
Then select the burn tool and set it's range to midtones &lt;br /&gt;and exposer to 35%(the burn tool is labeled 1 and its options are circled),&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_copy_627200714408AM_burntoolfor%20tut.JPG" /&gt;
 then burn all around the edges of the iris(the start of the eye, the 
colored part not the white part) till it's almost black but not quite 
black,then increase the size of the brush and burn the &lt;br /&gt;pupil(the black part of the eye)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_copy_627200714732AM_burnedpupilandiris4tut.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;it should resemble this now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

					        &lt;div class="thread-item-t" id="comment-929" rel="929"&gt;
						        &lt;span class="loa" id="tl-0-928"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="comment-credit"&gt;
						        &lt;a href="http://all.worth1000.com/artists/lordgilamesh"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span class="less-time"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
					        &lt;/div&gt;
Then use the burn tool around the &lt;br /&gt;whole eye(right on the eyelash line) and apply it like eyeshadow till &lt;br /&gt;it starts to look heavy and dark,&lt;br /&gt;like this,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_copy_627200715050AM_burning%20the%20eyeshadowline.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then
 grab the dodge tool set its range to midtones and its exposer to 
35%(this is the same place the burn tool is located,just right click the
 burn tool icon and click on the dodge tool or you can hold down the ALT
 key while you burn and instead of burning it will dodge) and go 
inside/inbetween of the iris and pupil and make it glow.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_copy_627200715713AM_dodgeingtheiris.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

					        &lt;div class="thread-item-t" id="comment-930" rel="930"&gt;
						        &lt;span class="loa" id="tl-0-929"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class="thread-item-t" id="comment-930" rel="930"&gt;
Now create a new layer(to do this go to your "layers/channels/paths" window and click on the icon I circled &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_copy_627200720110AM_creatnewlayer.JPG" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and set the blending mode to color(to do this you make sure that the 
new layer is active or highlighted blue, and at the top of the layers 
channel you'll see a box with an arrow pointing down and inside&lt;br /&gt;the 
box it will read "normal" click on it and a list of options will come 
up, change "normal" to "color"(is it all the way towards the bottom) 
click it, and reduce the opacity(it is located at the right of the box 
you just changed) of that layer to 50%, now get a nice bright &lt;br /&gt;color(on
 your tools just double click on the top color box),now click the 
paintbrush tool make the mode of brush normal and set the opacity of 
it(the brush) to 100 and the flow to 100 and choose a brush size so that
 it fits inbetweeen the iris and the pupil(and keep all the sizes of the
 brush to a rather soft edge)and paint inside of it(I chose an 
orange/yellowish color).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_copy_627200720508AM_colorediris4tut%20copy.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

					        &lt;div class="thread-item-t" id="comment-931" rel="931"&gt;
						        &lt;span class="loa" id="tl-0-930"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Now click on to your "background copy" layer 
again and select your dodge tool again and go right around the edge of 
the pupil(with a very small brush) a few times.&lt;br /&gt;To get this,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_rightaround%20pupiltut.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then increase the brush size and go all around and inbetween the iris and pupil where you colored.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_allaroundtheiristut.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

					        &lt;div class="thread-item-t" id="comment-932" rel="932"&gt;
						        &lt;span class="loa" id="tl-0-931"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;With the "background copy" layer still active, go to &lt;br /&gt;"filter-render-lighting
 effects" and click it,you'll see a diagram of your eye,now make the 
light come from the top of your eye(this is the only way I can explain 
it,you'll see an oval with four little squares and it will have a mouth 
like pacman)(LOL),the mouth of pacman is the focal point of light,put 
the mouth/slit above the top of the eye or any direction you think it 
looks best,now for the rest of the diagram,(lots of stuff huh?) well 
don't let it all scare ya(we will be out of this window in a jiff), 
you'll see two boxes to the right, pick the top one and change the color
 to a dark/pale looking color(I chose a dull orange)and hit ok.&lt;br /&gt;This is the reaction&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_lightingtheeyetut.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now
 your eye should look pretty creepy about now, but if it looks to 
colorful you can try this: with your background copy layer still active 
go to "create new fill or adjustment layer" I circled it here&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_creatfilladjustmentlayertut.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(that is located right under &lt;br /&gt;your
 background and layers pallet and looks like a "ying yang" sort of, it 
is a circle that is halved and is black on one side and white on the 
other), click it and go to hue/saturation and click that,now go to the 
saturate and decrease it till you have a more likable product and hit &lt;br /&gt;ok.&lt;br /&gt;You should have something like this now.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_lightinuptheeye.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

					        &lt;div class="thread-item-m"&gt;
						        &lt;span class="loa" id="tl-0-932"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
Now go to your color layer and make it 
active(highlighted blue),with it active hover your hand/arrow over the 
square(the little picture of your color layer) and hold the control 
button down and click it(you'll see in the main picture(the big one)that
 the color you have painted in is now selected with the little ants(the 
little moving things that make you know that you have selected 
something), now as before click on "create new fill or adjustment layer"
 then click on the brightness/contrast one,increase the contrast some 
and decrease the brightness some till you get something you like and 
click ok. I kinda liked this option. :)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://www.worth1000.com/hosted/tutorials/416143_finaleyetut.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now
 if you don't like the color you can change it,just hover your 
hand/arrow over the color layer you made and control click it again(you 
will see the ants dancing again on the main picture),and go to the 
"create fill or adjustment layer" then go to hue/saturation and use your
 hue slider bar till you get your prefered color and click ok. And there
 you have it an evil eye! Sorry for all the long drawn out explaining 
but it may be necessary for some people(I know I could have used it in 
some of the tutorials I've tried). This tutorial is aimed at the 
begginer(like myself) so they can more fully comprehend and understand. 
(P.S. if you have any questions just ask and I will try to explain it 
some more).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/devils-eye.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-5115744261578593700</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 17:04:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T10:06:59.905-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Photoshop</category><title>Add A Realistic Rainbow To A Photo</title><description>Here's the photo I'll be starting with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The original photo. Image licensed from iStockphoto by Photoshop Essentials.com" height="276" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/original.jpg" width="400" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The original image.&lt;/div&gt;
Here's what the image will look like after adding a double rainbow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The final Photoshop double rainbow photo effect. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="278" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/photoshop-rainbow-effect.jpg" width="400" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The final rainbow effect.&lt;/div&gt;
Let's get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 1: Add A New Blank Layer &lt;/h4&gt;
With the image newly opened in Photoshop, if we look  in 
the Layers panel, we  see that we currently have one layer, the 
Background layer, which contains our image:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The Layers panel in Photoshop showing the Background layer. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com." height="225" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/photoshop-background-layer.gif" width="313" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The photo sits on the Background layer in the Layers panel.&lt;/div&gt;
The first thing we need to do is add a new blank layer above the Background layer. To do that, click on the &lt;b&gt;New Layer&lt;/b&gt; icon at the bottom of the Layers panel:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The New Layer icon in the Layers panel in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="237" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/photoshop-new-layer-icon.gif" width="313" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click on the New Layer icon.&lt;/div&gt;
Photoshop adds a new blank layer named "Layer 1" above the 
Background layer. Double-click directly on the name of the layer and 
change it to "Rainbow", since we'll be adding our initial rainbow to 
this layer. Press &lt;b&gt;Enter&lt;/b&gt; (Win) / &lt;b&gt;Return&lt;/b&gt; (Mac) when you're done to accept the name change:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The new Rainbow layer has been added to the Photoshop document. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com." height="239" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/new-rainbow-layer.gif" width="313" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Rename the new layer "Rainbow".&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 2: Select The Rainbow Gradient&lt;/h4&gt;
As I mentioned, Photoshop  ships with a ready-made rainbow 
gradient for us to use. It's not one of the gradients that Photoshop 
makes available to us by default, but all we need to do is load it in 
manually. To do that, select the &lt;b&gt;Gradient Tool&lt;/b&gt; from the Tools panel:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Photoshop Gradient Tool. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com." height="149" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/photoshop-gradient-tool.gif" width="66" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Select the Gradient Tool.&lt;/div&gt;
Then, with the Gradient Tool selected, click on the &lt;b&gt;Gradient Picker&lt;/b&gt; in the Options Bar at the top of the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The Gradient Picker in the Options Bar in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com." height="66" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/photoshop-gradient-picker.gif" width="562" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click on the Gradient Picker in the Options Bar.&lt;/div&gt;
This opens Photoshop's &lt;b&gt;Gradient Editor&lt;/b&gt; 
which shows us small thumbnails of the gradients we can choose from. By 
default, the rainbow gradient isn't one of them, so let's load it in. 
Click on the &lt;b&gt;right-pointing arrow&lt;/b&gt; in the top right of the Gradient Editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Photoshop Gradient Editor. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com." height="238" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/photoshop-gradient-editor.gif" width="461" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click on the small arrow.&lt;/div&gt;
A list of additional gradient sets appears. The one we want is &lt;b&gt;Special Effects&lt;/b&gt;. Select it from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Selecting the Special Effects gradients in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com." height="198" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/photoshop-special-effects-gradients.gif" width="188" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Select the "Special Effects" gradients.&lt;/div&gt;
Photoshop will ask you if you want to replace the original 
gradients with the Special Effects gradients or simply append them to 
the bottom of the list. Click &lt;b&gt;Append&lt;/b&gt; so you'll still have the original gradients available, and the new Special Effects ones will be added below them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Appending the new gradients. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="161" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/append-gradients.gif" width="442" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click "Append" to add the new "Special Effects" gradients in with the original gradients.&lt;/div&gt;
With the new Special Effects gradients added, the one we want - &lt;b&gt;Russell's Rainbow&lt;/b&gt;
 - is the last one at the bottom. If you have Photoshop's Tool Tips 
enabled in the Preferences (they're enabled by default), you'll see the 
name "Russell's Rainbow" appear when you hover your mouse over the 
gradient's thumbnail. Click on the thumbnail to select the gradient,  
then click OK to exit out of the Gradient Editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Selecting the Russell's Rainbow gradient in Photoshop." height="239" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/select-russells-rainbow.gif" width="461" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click on the "Russell's Rainbow" thumbnail to select the gradient.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 3: Select "Radial Gradient" From The Options Bar&lt;/h4&gt;
To make the rainbow gradient appear as an arc when we draw 
it, go back up to the Options Bar at the top of the screen and click on 
the &lt;b&gt;Radial Gradient&lt;/b&gt; option:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The Radial Gradient option in the Options Bar in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com." src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/radial-gradient-option.gif" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Select "Radial" from the Options Bar.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 4: Drag Out A Rainbow With The Gradient Tool&lt;/h4&gt;
To add the rainbow colors to the image, all we need to do 
is drag out a gradient. I want my rainbow to appear as if it's touching 
the ground behind the  group of trees on the left of my photo and then 
arching high above the larger tree on the right. To do that, I'll 
position my mouse almost at the  edge of the photo  near the bottom 
right corner, in line horizontally with the bottom of the trees on the 
left.  I'll click on that spot to set the starting point for my 
gradient, and with my mouse button still held down, I'll drag all the 
way across the image  to a point just beyond the left of the trees. 
Holding my &lt;b&gt;Shift&lt;/b&gt; key down as I drag will limit the direction I can drag in, making it easy to drag horizontally:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Dragging out a radial rainbow gradient in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="452" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/dragging-gradient.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Dragging out a radial rainbow gradient from right to left in the image.&lt;/div&gt;
When you release your mouse button, Photoshop draws the 
rainbow gradient. It doesn't look terribly realistic just yet, but it's a
 start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Photoshop rainbow gradient. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="451" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/draw-rainbow.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Photoshop draws the gradient when you release your mouse button.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 5: Change The Blend Mode Of The Rainbow Layer To "Screen"&lt;/h4&gt;
Go up to the &lt;b&gt; &lt;a href="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/photo-editing/layer-blend-modes/"&gt;blend mode&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt;
 options in the top left of the Layers panel (it's the drop-down box set
 to "Normal" by default) and change the blend mode of the Rainbow layer 
to &lt;b&gt;Screen&lt;/b&gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Photoshop Screen blend mode. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="239" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/screen-blend-mode.gif" width="330" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Change the blend mode of the rainbow layer to Screen.&lt;/div&gt;
The colors of the rainbow will now  blend in better with the photo behind them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The rainbow after changing the blend mode to Screen. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="452" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/rainbow-screen.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The rainbow after changing its blend mode to Screen.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 6: Apply The Gaussian Blur Filter&lt;/h4&gt;
Let's blur the colors of the rainbow together so it looks more realistic. Go up to the &lt;b&gt;Filter &lt;/b&gt;menu in the Menu Bar at the top of the screen, choose &lt;b&gt;Blur&lt;/b&gt;,  then choose &lt;b&gt;Gaussian Blur&lt;/b&gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Selecting the Gaussian Blur filter in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com." height="190" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/filter-blur-gaussian-blur.gif" width="374" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Go to Filter &amp;gt; Blur &amp;gt; Gaussian Blur.&lt;/div&gt;
This opens Photoshop's Gaussian Blur dialog box. Drag the &lt;b&gt;Radius&lt;/b&gt;
 slider  at the bottom of the dialog box towards the right to increase 
the amount of blurring being applied to the rainbow, keeping an eye on 
the image as you drag the slider so you can see a preview of what's 
happening. Continue dragging the slider to the right until the 
transitions between the colors look more soft and natural. The actual 
Radius value you end up choosing will depend a lot on the size and 
resolution of your image. For me, a value of around &lt;b&gt;50 pixels&lt;/b&gt; works well. Click OK when you're done to close out of the dialog box:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Photoshop Gaussian Blur filter. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com." height="346" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/photoshop-gaussian-blur.jpg" width="342" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Drag the Radius slider to soften the color transitions in the rainbow.&lt;/div&gt;
Here's my image after applying the Gaussian Blur filter:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The image after blurring the rainbow. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="451" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/rainbow-blurred.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The rainbow now looks more realistic after applying the Gaussian Blur filter.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 7: Add A Layer Mask &lt;/h4&gt;
Click on the &lt;b&gt;Layer Mask&lt;/b&gt; icon at the bottom of the Layers panel:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The Layer Mask icon in the Layers panel in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="249" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/photoshop-layer-mask-icon.gif" width="313" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click the Layer Mask icon.&lt;/div&gt;
Nothing will happen yet in the document window, but 
Photoshop adds a layer mask thumbnail to the right of the main preview 
thumbnail on the Rainbow layer. If you look closely, you'll see a white 
highlight box appearing around the layer mask's thumbnail. This tells us
 that the mask, not the layer itself, is selected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="A layer mask thumbnail appears in the Layers panel in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com." height="239" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/layer-mask-thumbnail.gif" width="313" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The layer mask thumbnail tells us that a mask has been added.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 8: Choose The Black To White Gradient&lt;/h4&gt;
With the Gradient Tool still selected, &lt;b&gt;right-click&lt;/b&gt; (Win) / &lt;b&gt;Control-click&lt;/b&gt;
 (Mac) anywhere inside the document window to quickly access the 
gradient presets thumbnails, the same ones we saw a moment ago in the 
full Gradient Editor dialog box. Select the &lt;b&gt;Black to White gradient&lt;/b&gt; by clicking on its thumbnail (third from the left, top row). Press &lt;b&gt;Enter&lt;/b&gt; (Win) / &lt;b&gt;Return&lt;/b&gt; (Mac) when you're done to close out of the gradient list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The Black to White gradient thumbnail in the Gradient Editor in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="168" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/gradient-editor-2.gif" width="263" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click on the Black to White gradient's thumbnail to select it.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 9: Choose "Linear Gradient" From The Options Bar&lt;/h4&gt;
Go back up to the Options Bar and this time, click on the &lt;b&gt;Linear Gradient&lt;/b&gt; option:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The Linear gradient option in the Options Bar in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="70" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/linear-gradient-option.gif" width="561" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click on the "Linear" gradient icon.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 10: Drag A Black To White Gradient On The Layer Mask&lt;/h4&gt;
A real rainbow would usually appear to get brighter as it 
reaches higher into the sky, so we're going to give our Photoshopped 
rainbow that same effect by dragging a black to white gradient from the 
base of the rainbow (the point where the rainbow and the ground should 
meet) to the top of the image.  To do that, with my Gradient Tool 
selected, I'll click my mouse somewhere along the bottom of the trees on
 the left.  Then, with my mouse button still held down, I'll hold down 
my &lt;b&gt;Shift&lt;/b&gt; key as well and drag straight up to the top of the image. Holding down Shift makes it easy to drag in a vertical direction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Dragging a black-to-white gradient from the base of the rainbow to the top of the image." height="456" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/drag-vertical-gradient.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Drag a black to white gradient from the base of the rainbow to the top of the image.&lt;/div&gt;
When I release my mouse button, Photoshop draws the 
black-to-white gradient. Since the gradient was drawn on the layer mask,
 not on the layer itself, we don't see the actual gradient in the image.
 Instead, the rainbow now appears to start near the bottom of the trees 
on the left and gets brighter as it reaches higher into the sky:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The rainbow after dragging a black-to-white vertical gradient on the layer mask." height="452" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/rainbow-trees.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The rainbow no longer extends all the way to the bottom of the photo thanks to the layer mask.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 11: Duplicate The Rainbow Layer To Increase Its Brightness&lt;/h4&gt;
To increase the brightness of the rainbow,  simply press &lt;b&gt;Ctrl+J&lt;/b&gt; (Win) / &lt;b&gt;Command+J&lt;/b&gt; (Mac) to duplicate the layer. If, after duplicating the layer, you find the rainbow is now &lt;i&gt;too&lt;/i&gt; bright, dial it back a few notches by lowering the opacity of the duplicated layer. You'll find the &lt;b&gt;Opacity&lt;/b&gt; option directly across from the blend mode option at the top of the Layers panel. I'm going to lower mine down to around 70%:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Duplicating the rainbow layer and lowering the opacity of the duplicate layer to 70%." height="300" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/photoshop-layer-opacity.gif" width="342" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Press "Ctrl+J" (Win) / "Command+J" (Mac) to duplicate the rainbow layer, then lower the new layer's opacity as needed.&lt;/div&gt;
Here's my image after duplicating my rainbow layer and then lowering the opacity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The rainbow in the photo now looks brighter. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/image-rainbow-duplicated.jpg" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The rainbow now appears brighter.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 12: Group The Two Rainbow Layers&lt;/h4&gt;
Let's do a little housekeeping in the Layers panel by 
grouping the two rainbow layers together. Grouping related layers  makes
 it easier to keep the Layers panel organized. With the top layer 
selected, hold down your &lt;b&gt;Shift&lt;/b&gt; key and click on the 
original Rainbow layer directly below it to select both layers at once. 
You'll see them both highlighted in blue, letting you know they're both 
selected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Selecting two layers at once in the Layers panel in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="299" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/select-both-layers.gif" width="342" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Select both rainbow layers.&lt;/div&gt;
Then go up to the &lt;b&gt;Layer&lt;/b&gt; menu at the top of the screen and choose &lt;b&gt;Group Layers&lt;/b&gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Grouping layers in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="159" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/layer-group-layers.gif" width="249" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Go to Layer &amp;gt; Group Layers.&lt;/div&gt;
Photoshop will group the two layers together in the Layers 
panel. Photoshop names the new group "Group 1". By default, the layer 
group will be closed, preventing us from seeing the two layers inside of
 it, which is fine for now:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The two rainbow layers have been added to a layer group. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="225" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/layers-grouped.gif" width="342" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The two rainbow layers are now inside "Group 1".&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 13: Add A New Blank Layer&lt;/h4&gt;
We have our initial rainbow. Now let's add a second one to 
create a double rainbow effect! First, we'll need a new layer, so click 
once again on the &lt;b&gt;New Layer&lt;/b&gt; icon at the bottom of the Layers panel:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The New Layer icon in the Layers panel in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="236" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/second-new-layer.gif" width="342" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Add another new layer.&lt;/div&gt;
The new layer will appear above the layer group in the 
Layers panel. Double-click on the new layer's name and change it to 
"Second rainbow", then press &lt;b&gt;Enter&lt;/b&gt; (Win) / &lt;b&gt;Return&lt;/b&gt; (Mac) to accept the name change:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Renaming the new layer 'Second rainbow'. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="262" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/second-rainbow-layer-added.gif" width="342" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Rename the new layer "Second rainbow".&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 14: Re-Select The Rainbow Gradient&lt;/h4&gt;
Click once again on the &lt;b&gt;Gradient Picker&lt;/b&gt; in the Options Bar at the top of the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The Gradient Picker in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="61" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/click-gradient-picker.gif" width="561" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The Gradient Picker is currently showing the black to white gradient.&lt;/div&gt;
When the Gradient Editor opens, click again on the &lt;b&gt;Russell's Rainbow&lt;/b&gt; thumbnail to select the rainbow gradient, but don't close out of the Gradient Editor yet. We need to make some changes to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Selecting the Russell's Rainbow gradient in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="239" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/select-russells-rainbow.gif" width="461" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Re-select the Russell's Rainbow gradient.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 15: Flip The Order Of The Colors In The Gradient&lt;/h4&gt;
Whenever we see a double rainbow in nature, the colors in 
the second rainbow are always in reverse order, which means we need to 
reverse the order of the colors in our gradient. With the Gradient 
Editor still open, click on the &lt;b&gt;blue color stop&lt;/b&gt; directly below the gradient preview bar and drag it towards the left. Then do the same thing with the &lt;b&gt;green&lt;/b&gt; and &lt;b&gt;yellow color stops&lt;/b&gt;,
 dragging them towards the left. It doesn't matter how far you drag them
 as long as there's some space between them. This is just to make sure 
they don't overlap each other as we reposition them. Leave the red color
 stop in place:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Dragging the blue, green and yellow color stops over to the left. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="273" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/drag-color-stops.gif" width="461" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Drag the blue, green and yellow color stops towards the left just to spread them out temporarily.&lt;/div&gt;
Click on the &lt;b&gt;red color stop&lt;/b&gt; to select it, then enter a value of &lt;b&gt;82%&lt;/b&gt; into the &lt;b&gt;Location&lt;/b&gt; option. This will place the red color stop in the same location that the blue color stop was in originally:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Setting the location of the red color stop to 82% in the gradient. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="273" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/red-82.gif" width="462" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click on the red color stop, then enter 82% for the Location.&lt;/div&gt;
Next, click on the &lt;b&gt;yellow color stop&lt;/b&gt; to select it, then set its &lt;b&gt;Location&lt;/b&gt; value to &lt;b&gt;85%&lt;/b&gt;. This moves yellow into the spot originally held by green:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Setting the location of the yellow color stop to 85% in the gradient. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="273" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/yellow-85.gif" width="462" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click on the yellow color stop, then enter 85% for the Location.&lt;/div&gt;
Click on the &lt;b&gt;green color stop&lt;/b&gt; to select it, then set its &lt;b&gt;Location&lt;/b&gt; value to &lt;b&gt;88%&lt;/b&gt;, which moves green into yellow's original location:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Setting the location of the green color stop to 88% in the gradient. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="273" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/green-88.gif" width="461" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click on the green color stop, then enter 88% for the Location.&lt;/div&gt;
Finally, click on the &lt;b&gt;blue color stop&lt;/b&gt; and change its &lt;b&gt;Location&lt;/b&gt; value to &lt;b&gt;92%&lt;/b&gt;, placing it in red's original spot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Setting the location of the blue color stop to 92% in the gradient. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="273" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/blue-92.gif" width="461" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click on the blue color stop, then enter 92% for the Location.&lt;/div&gt;
Directly above the gradient preview bar are more stops, 
filled with white, black or some shade of gray. These stops control the 
transparency levels (opacity) of the colors throughout the gradient. 
Click on the &lt;b&gt;light gray opacity stop&lt;/b&gt; (second from the left) to select it, then change its &lt;b&gt;Opacity&lt;/b&gt; value from its original 20% to &lt;b&gt;0%&lt;/b&gt;. Click OK when you're done to exit out of the Gradient Editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Changing the opacity value in part of the gradient. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="273" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/opacity-stop-0.gif" width="462" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click on the light gray stop above the gradient preview bar and change its Opacity value to 0%.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 16: Drag Out Another Rainbow Gradient&lt;/h4&gt;
With the colors in the gradient now reversed, we're ready 
to create our second rainbow. First, I'm going to hide my original 
rainbow from view temporarily by clicking on the layer group's &lt;b&gt;visibility icon&lt;/b&gt; (the eyeball) in the Layers panel:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The layer group's visibility icon in the Layers panel. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="262" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/layer-group-visibility.gif" width="359" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Clicking on the visibility icon turns layers or layer groups on or off in the document.&lt;/div&gt;
Then I'll drag out a rainbow gradient just as I did back in Step 4: First, I need to re-select the &lt;b&gt;Radial Gradient&lt;/b&gt; option in the Options Bar so the gradient will appear as an arc:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Selecting the Radial Gradient option in the Options Bar. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="66" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/radial-gradient-option-2.gif" width="559" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Select the Radial Gradient option again.&lt;/div&gt;
Then I'll click and drag out my second rainbow in the same location as the first one:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Dragging out a radial rainbow gradient in Photoshop. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="452" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/dragging-gradient.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Dragging out a second rainbow gradient in the same spot.&lt;/div&gt;
When I release my mouse button, Photoshop draws the 
gradient, looking very much like the first one except that this time, 
the order of the colors is reversed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="A reverse color rainbow gradient has ben added to the photo. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="452" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/second-rainbow-drawn.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The second rainbow gradient with its colors reversed.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 17: Change The Blend Mode To Screen&lt;/h4&gt;
Just as we did with the first rainbow, change the &lt;b&gt;blend mode&lt;/b&gt; of the new rainbow from Normal to &lt;b&gt;Screen&lt;/b&gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The Screen layer blend mode. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="262" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/screen-mode-2.gif" width="356" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Set the blend mode to Screen.&lt;/div&gt;
The colors of the rainbow now blend in better with the image:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The second rainbow now blends in with the image. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="451" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/image-screen-2.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The second rainbow set to the Screen blend mode.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 18: Apply The Gaussian Blur Filter&lt;/h4&gt;
Since the &lt;b&gt;Gaussian Blur&lt;/b&gt; filter was the last filter we applied, we can quickly re-apply it  with the same settings by pressing &lt;b&gt;Ctrl+F&lt;/b&gt; (Win) / &lt;b&gt;Command+F&lt;/b&gt; (Mac). Just as before, the color transitions now appear softer and more natural:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The second rainbow after blurring it. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="452" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/second-rainbow-blurred.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The rainbow once again appears more realistic after blurring the colors.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 19: Copy The Layer Mask Onto The Second Rainbow Layer&lt;/h4&gt;
We need to add a layer mask at this point and draw a black 
to white linear gradient on the mask to hide the  the rainbow below the 
point where it should be touching the ground and have it appear to 
increase in brightness as it reaches further into the sky, just as we 
did back in Steps 7-10 with the original rainbow. But why go through all
 that hassle again when we can just copy one of the layer masks we've 
already created onto the second rainbow's layer! To do that, I'll first 
need to open my layer group by clicking on the small triangle to the 
left of the group's name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Twirling open the layer group. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="322" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/twirl-open-layer-group.gif" width="370" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Click on the triangle to twirl open the layer group.&lt;/div&gt;
With the layer group open and the two layers that make up the original rainbow now visible, hold down your &lt;b&gt;Alt&lt;/b&gt; (Win) / &lt;b&gt;Option&lt;/b&gt; (Mac) key, click on the layer mask thumbnail for the "Rainbow copy" layer and drag it up to the second rainbow's layer:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Dragging the layer mask onto another layer. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="322" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/drag-layer-mask.gif" width="375" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Hold down Alt (Win) / Option (Mac) and drag the layer mask thumbnail onto the top layer.&lt;/div&gt;
When you see a highlight bar appear around the second 
rainbow's layer (shown in the previous thumbnail), release your mouse 
button. Photoshop copies the layer mask onto the second rainbow's layer:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The layer mask has been copied to the other layer. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="322" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/layer-mask-copied.gif" width="375" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The layer mask has been copied from one layer to another.&lt;/div&gt;
If we look at the image in the document window, we see that
 the bottom of the rainbow now fades out just above the trees, just like
 the original rainbow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The layer mask has been applied to the second rainbow. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="452" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/second-rainbow-masked.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
The image after copying the layer mask to the second rainbow's layer.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 20: Move The Second Rainbow Into Position&lt;/h4&gt;
All that's left to do now is to move the second rainbow into position. Select Photoshop's &lt;b&gt;Move Tool&lt;/b&gt; from the Tools panel, or press the letter &lt;b&gt;V&lt;/b&gt; on your keyboard to quickly select it with the shortcut:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Photoshop Move Tool. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="148" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/photoshop-move-tool.gif" width="65" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Select the Move Tool.&lt;/div&gt;
Before I move anything, I'll turn the original rainbow back on in the document by clicking once again on the layer group's &lt;b&gt;visibility icon&lt;/b&gt; in the Layers panel:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Clicking on the layer group's visibility icon in the Layers panel. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="322" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/turn-group-on.gif" width="391" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
When a layer or group is hidden, the eyeball in the visibility icon is also hidden.&lt;/div&gt;
Then, with the Move Tool selected and both rainbows now 
visible in the document, click inside the document window and, with your
 mouse button still held down, drag the second rainbow into place. I'm 
going to drag mine up and to the left so only a small part of it appears
 in the top left corner of the photo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Dragging the second rainbow into place in the document. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="451" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/drag-second-rainbow.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Use the Move Tool to drag the second rainbow into place in the image.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Step 21: Lower The Opacity Of The Second Rainbow&lt;/h4&gt;
Finally, since I don't want my second rainbow to appear as 
bright as the original, I'll lower its opacity down to around 70% at the
 top of the Layers panel:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="Lowering the opacity of the second rainbow. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="322" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/lower-opacity-2.gif" width="375" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
Lowering the opacity of the second rainbow.&lt;/div&gt;
And with that, we're done! Here, after lowering the opacity, is my final Photoshop double rainbow effect:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt="The final Photoshop double rainbow photo effect. Image © 2010 Photoshop Essentials.com" height="452" src="http://www.photoshopessentials.com/images/photo-effects/rainbow/new/photoshop-rainbow-effect.jpg" width="650" /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="image-desc"&gt;
&lt;i&gt;The final rainbow effect.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
And there we have it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/add-realistic-rainbow-to-photo.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-8267009672976883506</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 16:58:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T09:58:25.933-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Photoshop</category><title>Changing Hair Color</title><description>
							
								
								
								 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Steps for Changing Hair Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
This is the final output.As you can see, there are two different colors on the hair-Green and Red. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;img height="459" src="http://www.cgshelf.com/images/haircolor_1.gif" width="346" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="style34"&gt;Changing Hair Color-Final Output &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;1) Choose a good image&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;img height="459" src="http://www.cgshelf.com/images/haircolor_2.gif" width="346" /&gt; &lt;br /&gt; 
 &lt;span class="style34"&gt;Good Hair Image&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Choose the Pen Tool &amp;nbsp;to select a particular area of hair. After that press Ctrl+Enter to make selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;img height="437" src="http://www.cgshelf.com/images/haircolor_3.gif" width="346" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="style34"&gt;Pen Tool&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) Add a new layer(Ctl +Shift + N) and paste(Ctl+ V) the copied area on the same place. &lt;br /&gt;
                             &lt;br /&gt;
                             &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;img height="524" src="http://www.cgshelf.com/images/haircolor_4.gif" width="346" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="style34"&gt;Paste copied Hair on same place but New Layer Fig 1.A&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;img height="447" src="http://www.cgshelf.com/images/haircolor_5.gif" width="421" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="style34"&gt;Paste copied Hair on same place but New Layer Fig 1.B&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) Go to the Image menu,choose&amp;nbsp;&amp;gt;Adjustments&amp;gt;Variations&amp;gt;and 
choose any good color you want. Here I have choosen green color. Now you
 will see that the edges will be very sharp,we need to merge it with the
 real hair. To do this, choose the eraser tool, reduce the opacity value
 to around 20 %and erase sharp edges. &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 
						    &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;img height="524" src="http://www.cgshelf.com/images/haircolor_6.gif" width="346" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
						      &lt;span class="style34"&gt;Erase sharp edges using eraser tool&lt;/span&gt;						      &lt;br /&gt;
                                &lt;br /&gt;
  4)Now our Green colored hair is perfect. Check out the image below: &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;img height="437" src="http://www.cgshelf.com/images/haircolor_8.gif" width="346" /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="style34"&gt;Green Shade on hair&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can use the same method   mentioned above to make a different shade. Check out the image below: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;img height="345" src="http://www.cgshelf.com/images/haircolor_7.gif" width="346" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="style34"&gt;&lt;i&gt;Brown Shade&lt;/i&gt; on top portion of hair&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/changing-hair-color.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-4638928064301947834</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 16:44:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T09:44:09.967-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Solid Work</category><title>How to make variable spring</title><description>This is how to make variable spring&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14923/large.jpg?1349370652"&gt;&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" height="213" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14923/medium.jpg?1349370652" width="320" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol class="answerTutorialSteps"&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
          &lt;h3&gt;
Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;
1.open new design
&lt;br /&gt;2.draw circle
&lt;br /&gt;3.draw line
&lt;br /&gt;4. select pull
&lt;br /&gt;5. select revolve&lt;br /&gt;

          &lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
           &lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14916/large.jpg?1349370636"&gt;
           &lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14916/medium.jpg?1349370636" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;          &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
          &lt;h3&gt;
Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;
6. select line 
&lt;br /&gt;7. select circle ( select surface, not circle line)
&lt;br /&gt;8. select revolve helix&lt;br /&gt;

          &lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
           &lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14917/large.jpg?1349370638"&gt;
           &lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14917/medium.jpg?1349370638" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;          &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
          &lt;h3&gt;
Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;
9. taper angle: 30
&lt;br /&gt;    pitch:      7 (if circle diameter is less, in this example, circle is 6 mm)
&lt;br /&gt;    height: 14
&lt;br /&gt;10.  enter or click in the empty &lt;br /&gt;

          &lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
           &lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14918/large.jpg?1349370641"&gt;
           &lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14918/medium.jpg?1349370641" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;          &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
          &lt;h3&gt;
Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;
11. taper angle:30
&lt;br /&gt;      pitch:    20
&lt;br /&gt;      height: 50
&lt;br /&gt;12. enter or click in the empty&lt;br /&gt;

          &lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
           &lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14919/large.jpg?1349370643"&gt;
           &lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14919/medium.jpg?1349370643" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;          &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
          &lt;h3&gt;
Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;
13.taper angle: -30
&lt;br /&gt;     pitch: 20
&lt;br /&gt;     height: 50&lt;br /&gt;

          &lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
           &lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14920/large.jpg?1349370646"&gt;
           &lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14920/medium.jpg?1349370646" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;          &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
          &lt;h3&gt;
Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;
14. taper angle: -30
&lt;br /&gt;      pitch:        7
&lt;br /&gt;      height:     14&lt;br /&gt;

          &lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
           &lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14921/large.jpg?1349370648"&gt;
           &lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14921/medium.jpg?1349370648" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;          &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
          &lt;h3&gt;
Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;
enter or click in the empty&lt;br /&gt;

          &lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
           &lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14922/large.jpg?1349370650"&gt;
           &lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14922/medium.jpg?1349370650" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;          &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
          &lt;h3&gt;
Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;
Final result...&lt;br /&gt;

          &lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
           &lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14923/large.jpg?1349370652"&gt;
           &lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14923/medium.jpg?1349370652" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/14923/large.jpg?1349370652"&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;          &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/how-to-make-variable-spring.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-7528823567290643280</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 16:38:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T09:38:49.320-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Solid Work</category><title>Rendering Part models in SolidWorks</title><description>This is how to render best rendering part models&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol class="answerTutorialSteps"&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;
Start SolidWorks and open the model to render.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6738/large.PNG?1330186051"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6738/medium.PNG?1330186051" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;
Tools&amp;gt;&amp;gt;addins.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6739/large.PNG?1330186052"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6739/medium.PNG?1330186052" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;
Check the Photoview 360º.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6740/large.PNG?1330186053"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6740/medium.PNG?1330186053" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;
Click Edit Scene.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6741/large.PNG?1330186054"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6741/medium.PNG?1330186054" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;
Align the Floor. Click OK.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6742/large.PNG?1330186055"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6742/medium.PNG?1330186055" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;
Click Appearance, Scenes and decals.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6743/large.PNG?1330186056"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6743/medium.PNG?1330186056" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;
Under scenes select the scene.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6744/large.PNG?1330186058"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6744/medium.PNG?1330186058" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;
Select the face to apply appearance and then click appearance icon.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6745/large.PNG?1330186059"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6745/medium.PNG?1330186059" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 9&lt;/h3&gt;
Select face to apply appearance to face.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6746/large.PNG?1330186060"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6746/medium.PNG?1330186060" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 10&lt;/h3&gt;
Select all faces on which to apply appearance.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6747/large.PNG?1330186061"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6747/medium.PNG?1330186061" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;
Click Appearance scenes tab.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6748/large.PNG?1330186062"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6748/medium.PNG?1330186062" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 12&lt;/h3&gt;
Select the type of appearance.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6749/large.PNG?1330186064"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6749/medium.PNG?1330186064" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 13&lt;/h3&gt;
Again select the part. Click appearance icon.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6750/large.PNG?1330186065"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6750/medium.PNG?1330186065" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 14&lt;/h3&gt;
Select body to apply appearance to the body. Since we have already applied appearance to some face so they will be excluded.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6751/large.PNG?1330186066"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6751/medium.PNG?1330186066" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 15&lt;/h3&gt;
Select the appearance for rest of body.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6752/large.PNG?1330186067"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6752/medium.PNG?1330186067" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 16&lt;/h3&gt;
Now selecting the rod.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6753/large.PNG?1330186068"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6753/medium.PNG?1330186068" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 17&lt;/h3&gt;
And applying apperance to its faces.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6754/large.PNG?1330186070"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6754/medium.PNG?1330186070" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 18&lt;/h3&gt;
Click OK.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6755/large.PNG?1330186071"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6755/medium.PNG?1330186071" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 19&lt;/h3&gt;
Repeat the steps for applying apperances to other part.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6756/large.PNG?1330186072"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6756/medium.PNG?1330186072" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 20&lt;/h3&gt;
Click Options.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6757/large.PNG?1330186074"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6757/medium.PNG?1330186074" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 21&lt;/h3&gt;
Change the render quality and size here.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6758/large.PNG?1330186075"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6758/medium.PNG?1330186075" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 22&lt;/h3&gt;
Now press F9 or click Hide FeatureManager.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6759/large.PNG?1330186076"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6759/medium.PNG?1330186076" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 23&lt;/h3&gt;
Zoom to fit or press middle mouse button. Click Final render.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6760/large.PNG?1330186077"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6760/medium.PNG?1330186077" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 24&lt;/h3&gt;
And we have render. Click Save Image to save it.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6761/large.PNG?1330186079"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/6761/medium.PNG?1330186079" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div class="actionBar"&gt;
								&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/rendering-part-models-in-solidworks.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-6402007025614185934</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 16:18:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T09:18:57.272-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Solid Work</category><title>How to Model a Paperclip</title><description>&amp;nbsp;This is how to model a Paperclip in SolidWorks&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;img alt="SolidWorks Paperclip Tutorial" class="attachment-post-thumbnail wp-post-image" height="200" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/VIERKANT2-200x200.jpg" title="How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" width="200" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style="font-size: x-small;"&gt;&lt;i&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Render of the final Paperclip &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Open a new part with model units set to millimeters&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to: &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;File &amp;gt; New &amp;gt; Part&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/New_Part1.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="New Part1 How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-110" height="93" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/New_Part1.png" title="New_Part" width="70" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create a 2D sketch&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Select the Front Plane in the feature tree (menu at the left side) and create a&amp;nbsp;sketch by clicking on the 2D Sketch icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2d_sketch1.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="2d sketch1 How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-111" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2d_sketch1.png" title="2d_sketch" width="20" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

The display changes so the Front plane faces you.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/001_sketch_on_frontplane1.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="001 sketch on frontplane1 How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-112" height="272" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/001_sketch_on_frontplane1.png" title="001_sketch_on_frontplane" width="197" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create a circle&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Circle &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Circle icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/circle.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="circle How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-97" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/circle.png" title="circle" width="18" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Create a sketch which starts at the Origin.&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Origin.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="Origin How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-104" height="30" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Origin.png" title="Origin" width="17" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Change the diameter of the circle into Ø 9 mm&amp;nbsp;by clicking at the dimension button&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="dimension How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-99" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png" title="dimension" width="19" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Click &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;Right Mouse Button &amp;gt; Select&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; to finish the circle.&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Select.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="Select How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-105" height="20" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Select.png" title="Select" width="49" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/002_circle.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="002 circle How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-113" height="126" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/002_circle.png" title="002_circle" width="181" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Create a straight line&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Line &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Line icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/line1.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="line1 How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-141" height="21" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/line1.png" title="line" width="13" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Create a vertical line as shown in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;

Change the length of the line into 22 mm&amp;nbsp;by clicking at the dimension button&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="dimension How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png" title="dimension" width="19" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/003_vertical_line.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="003 vertical line How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-114" height="355" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/003_vertical_line.png" title="003_vertical_line" width="211" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create a centerline&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Centerline &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Centerline icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/centerline.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="centerline How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-96" height="20" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/centerline.png" title="centerline" width="13" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Create a horizontal centerline as shown in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;

Change the length of the line into 3,9 mm&amp;nbsp;by clicking at the dimension button&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="dimension How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png" title="dimension" width="19" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/004_horizontal_centerline.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="004 horizontal centerline How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-115" height="366" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/004_horizontal_centerline.png" title="004_horizontal_centerline" width="216" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create another circle&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Circle &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Circle icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/circle.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="circle How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/circle.png" title="circle" width="18" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Create a circle which starts at the left endpoint of the centerline as&amp;nbsp;shown in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;

The circle turns black which means that it’s fully defined.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/005_draw_line.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="005 draw line How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-116" height="403" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/005_draw_line.png" title="005_draw_line" width="218" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create another straight line&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Line &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Line icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/line1.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="line1 How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="21" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/line1.png" title="line" width="13" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Create a vertical line as shown in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;

Change the length of the line into 15 mm&amp;nbsp;by clicking at the dimension button&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="dimension How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png" title="dimension" width="19" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/006_draw_vertical_line.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="006 draw vertical line How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-117" height="338" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/006_draw_vertical_line.png" title="006_draw_vertical_line" width="199" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create another straight line&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Line &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Line icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/line1.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="line1 How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="21" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/line1.png" title="line" width="13" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Create a vertical line as shown in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;

Change the length of the line into 31 mm&amp;nbsp;by clicking at the dimension button&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="dimension How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png" title="dimension" width="19" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/007_vertical_line.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="007 vertical line How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-118" height="397" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/007_vertical_line.png" title="007_vertical_line" width="234" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create another centerline&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to&lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Centerline &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Centerline icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/centerline.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="centerline How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="20" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/centerline.png" title="centerline" width="13" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Create a horizontal centerline as shown in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;

Change the length of the line into 5 mm&amp;nbsp;by clicking at the dimension button&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="dimension How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png" title="dimension" width="19" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/008_horizontal_center_line.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="008 horizontal center line How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-119" height="359" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/008_horizontal_center_line.png" title="008_horizontal_center_line" width="202" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create another circle&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Circle &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Circle icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/circle.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="circle How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/circle.png" title="circle" width="18" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Create a circle which starts at the right endpoint of the centerline as&amp;nbsp;shown in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;

The circle turns black which means that it’s fully defined.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/009_draw_circle.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="009 draw circle How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-120" height="391" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/009_draw_circle.png" title="009_draw_circle" width="206" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create another straight line&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Line &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Line icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/line1.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="line1 How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="21" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/line1.png" title="line" width="13" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Create a vertical line as shown in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;

Change the length of the line into 24 mm&amp;nbsp;by clicking at the dimension button&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="dimension How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png" title="dimension" width="19" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/010_vertical_line2.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="010 vertical line2 How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-155" height="474" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/010_vertical_line2.png" title="010_vertical_line" width="243" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Trim the line you don’t need&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Tools &amp;gt; Trim &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Line icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Trim1.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="Trim1 How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-139" height="18" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/Trim1.png" title="Trim" width="19" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Hold left mouse button and drag the cursor over the line parts&amp;nbsp;which 
you want to delete. Trim the three parts as shown in the&amp;nbsp;picture&lt;br /&gt;

The sketch is now finished.&lt;br /&gt;

Click at the Sketch button in the upper right corner close the 2D Sketch&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/close_sketch.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="close sketch How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-98" height="26" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/close_sketch.png" title="close_sketch" width="23" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/011_trim_lines.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="011 trim lines How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-122" height="456" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/011_trim_lines.png" title="011_trim_lines" width="229" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create a new plane&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to: &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Insert &amp;gt; Reference Geometry &amp;gt; Plane&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/new_plane.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="new plane How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-102" height="23" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/new_plane.png" title="new_plane" width="25" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Select one of the endpoints of Sketch1&lt;br /&gt;

Hold the Control button and select the purple line as&amp;nbsp;shown in the picture&lt;br /&gt;

The new plane appears in blue&lt;br /&gt;

Click OK&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/ok.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="ok How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-103" height="21" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/ok.png" title="ok" width="24" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/012_new_plane.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="012 new plane How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-123" height="351" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/012_new_plane.png" title="012_new_plane" width="554" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/013_new_plane_menu.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="013 new plane menu How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-124" height="502" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/013_new_plane_menu.png" title="013_new_plane_menu" width="177" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;Create another 2D sketch&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Select the new Plane1 and create a&amp;nbsp;sketch by clicking on the 2D Sketch icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2d_sketch1.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="2d sketch1 How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-111" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2d_sketch1.png" title="2d_sketch" width="20" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create a circle&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to&lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Tools &amp;gt; Sketch Entities &amp;gt; Circle &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Circle icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/circle.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="circle How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/circle.png" title="circle" width="18" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Create a sketch which starts at the endpoint of Sketch1.&lt;br /&gt;

Change the diameter of the circle into Ø 1 mm&amp;nbsp;by clicking at the dimension button&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="dimension How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/dimension.png" title="dimension" width="19" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Click at the Sketch button in the upper right corner close the 2D Sketch&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/close_sketch.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="close sketch How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="26" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/close_sketch.png" title="close_sketch" width="23" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/013_sweep_profile_and_path.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="013 sweep profile and path How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-125" height="380" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/013_sweep_profile_and_path.png" title="013_sweep_profile_and_path" width="520" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Create a Swept Boss/Base&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Go to: &lt;span style="color: #ff6600;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Insert &amp;gt; Boss/Base &amp;gt; Sweep &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or click at the Sweep icon&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/sweep_boss_base.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="sweep boss base How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-106" height="17" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/sweep_boss_base.png" title="sweep_boss_base" width="16" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Profile &lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/sweep_profile.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="sweep profile How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-108" height="26" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/sweep_profile.png" title="sweep_profile" width="21" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Select the blue Sketch2&lt;br /&gt;

Path &lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/sweep_path.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="sweep path How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-107" height="24" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/sweep_path.png" title="sweep_path" width="22" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Select the pink Sketch1&lt;br /&gt;

Click OK&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/ok.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="ok How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" height="21" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/ok.png" title="ok" width="24" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/014_sweep_sketch.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="014 sweep sketch How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-126" height="362" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/014_sweep_sketch.png" title="014_sweep_sketch" width="522" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/015_sweep_boss_base_menu.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="015 sweep boss base menu How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-127" height="303" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/015_sweep_boss_base_menu.png" title="015_sweep_boss_base_menu" width="178" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;Congratulations, you just finished your own Paperclip!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Well, that’s all for today. I hope you learned something from this tutorial! Feel free to leave a message below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;&lt;img alt="SolidWorks Paperclip Tutorial" class="attachment-post-thumbnail wp-post-image" height="400" src="http://learnsolidworks.com/wp-content/uploads/VIERKANT2-200x200.jpg" title="How to Model a Paperclip in SolidWorks?" width="400" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/how-to-model-paperclip.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-8440319087340633688</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 10:45:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T03:45:57.391-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Solid Edge</category><title>Simple Simulation </title><description>A simple Solid Edge simulation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol class="answerTutorialSteps"&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;
Open your L-Bracket.step file, then click "Simulation" tab&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11187/large.jpg?1334506039"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11187/medium.jpg?1334506039" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;
Click "New Study"&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11188/large.jpg?1334506040"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11188/medium.jpg?1334506040" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;
Dont change the default parameter, then click "Create"&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11189/large.jpg?1334506042"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11189/medium.jpg?1334506042" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;
Choose the material, for example choose "Steel" as the material&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11190/large.jpg?1334506043"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11190/medium.jpg?1334506043" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;
Click "Fixed", click the 2 holes face, then press "Enter"&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11191/large.jpg?1334506044"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11191/medium.jpg?1334506044" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;
Click "Force", click the upper face of bracket, for example apply 1000 N. then press "Enter"&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11192/large.jpg?1334506046"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11192/medium.jpg?1334506046" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;
Click "Solve", then wait the progress&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11193/large.jpg?1334506047"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11193/medium.jpg?1334506047" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;
Finish&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11194/large.jpg?1334506049"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/11194/medium.jpg?1334506049" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div class="actionBar"&gt;
								&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/simple-simulation.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-2327450160289457601</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 10:40:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T03:40:31.324-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Solid Edge</category><title>How to drive a Solid Edge model from Excel </title><description>This is how to drive a Solid Edge model from Excel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol class="answerTutorialSteps"&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;
Start a new part file and make sure you’re in Synchronous.
&lt;br /&gt;Select the circle tool and lock to the Top plane with F3, as shown.
&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10939/large.png?1334334365"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10939/medium.png?1334334365" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;
Draw a circle centred on the origin that is 180mm diameter, as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10940/large.png?1334334366"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10940/medium.png?1334334366" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;
Extrude the region up 10mm using the Synchronous steering wheel, as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10941/large.png?1334334368"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10941/medium.png?1334334368" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;
Draw another circle on top of the existing face that is 100mm diameter, as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10942/large.png?1334334370"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10942/medium.png?1334334370" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;
Extrude the circle up 110mm using the steering wheel, as 
shown. Add a Smart Dimension from the top face to the bottom of the 
part.  It should be 120mm.  Lock the dimension by selecting the 
dimension and clicking the Lock icon, as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10943/large.png?1334334372"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10943/medium.png?1334334372" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;
Add the other Smart Dimensions as shown to define the Inner
 Diameter, Flange Thickness, and Flange Diameter.  We will lock these 
dimensions later using the Variable Table.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10944/large.png?1334334373"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10944/medium.png?1334334373" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;
Add a hole 16mm diameter in about the position shown.  Do not yet worry about the precise location.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10945/large.png?1334334375"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10945/medium.png?1334334375" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;
Click the Coplanar Axis Face Relate command as shown to align the new hole with the main base plate of the part.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10946/large.png?1334334377"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10946/medium.png?1334334377" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 9&lt;/h3&gt;
Select the hole and the outer face of the part as shown.  Use QuickPick to select the XZ Plane (Base) as the reference plane.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10947/large.png?1334334379"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10947/medium.png?1334334379" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 10&lt;/h3&gt;
Click the Symmetric Diameter tool as shown to dimension the pitch circle diameter of the hole.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10948/large.png?1334334380"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10948/medium.png?1334334380" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;
Select the outer cylindrical face of the part and then the 
hole to add a symmetric dimension.  Note that you can toggle the display
 of full or half diameter with the button as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10949/large.png?1334334382"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10949/medium.png?1334334382" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 12&lt;/h3&gt;
Now we will pattern the hole in a Circular Pattern with 4 
occurrences.  Select the hole and then click the Circular Pattern tool 
as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10950/large.png?1334334384"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10950/medium.png?1334334384" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 13&lt;/h3&gt;
Enter the count as 4 if not already the default as shown&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10951/large.png?1334334386"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10951/medium.png?1334334386" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 14&lt;/h3&gt;
The part is now complete, as shown.  We will now link the variables to Excel.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10952/large.png?1334334388"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10952/medium.png?1334334388" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 15&lt;/h3&gt;
Open the Variable Table as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10953/large.png?1334334390"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10953/medium.png?1334334390" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 16&lt;/h3&gt;
Now create an Excel file as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10954/large.png?1334334392"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10954/medium.png?1334334392" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 17&lt;/h3&gt;
In Solid Edge again, make sure that all variable filters are on to show all variables in the file, as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10955/large.png?1334334393"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10955/medium.png?1334334393" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 18&lt;/h3&gt;
Now lock all the dimensions shown and rename them according
 to the image below.  Note that the order of your variables may be 
different.  Take care that you name the proper variables.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10956/large.png?1334334394"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10956/medium.png?1334334394" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 19&lt;/h3&gt;
Now we’re ready to link a variable from Excel to Solid Edge.  Select cell B3 in Excel and Copy it (Ctrl+C), as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10957/large.png?1334334395"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10957/medium.png?1334334395" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 20&lt;/h3&gt;
With the cell in Excel still highlighted as Copying, select
 the Outer_Diameter variable Formula cell in the Variable Table in Solid
 Edge and right-click.  Choose the Paste Link option, as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10958/large.png?1334334396"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10958/medium.png?1334334396" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 21&lt;/h3&gt;
Click OK to accept the message from Solid Edge about Live Rules, as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10959/large.png?1334334397"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10959/medium.png?1334334397" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 22&lt;/h3&gt;
Do the same thing for all the variables we want to link to Excel.  The variable table should look as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10960/large.png?1334334397"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10960/medium.png?1334334397" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 23&lt;/h3&gt;
We’re done!  Notice that the dimensions we’ve linked to 
Excel have changed colours in the view.  They are now purple to indicate
 the link, as shown.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10961/large.png?1334334398"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10961/medium.png?1334334398" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 24&lt;/h3&gt;
To test things out, make the following changes to the Excel file:&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10962/large.png?1334334400"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10962/medium.png?1334334400" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 25&lt;/h3&gt;
Notice that the Solid Edge model updates in real time!&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10963/large.png?1334334401"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10963/medium.png?1334334401" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 26&lt;/h3&gt;
Some notes:
&lt;br /&gt;1) The link between Solid Edge and Excel is a hard-coded row &amp;amp; 
column number (e.g. B3).  So if you add rows or columns to your Excel 
file, your links will not work as expected.
&lt;br /&gt;2) If you need to make changes to your Excel file and Solid Edge 
file together you need to open the Excel file first.  Otherwise Excel 
will open up your file Read-Only.
&lt;br /&gt;

									&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/how-to-drive-solid-edge-model-from-excel.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-436881818179363586</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 10:33:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T03:33:47.178-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Solid Edge</category><title>How to model a hinge</title><description>This is how to model a hinge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10919/large.jpg?1334322365"&gt;&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" height="213" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10919/medium.jpg?1334322365" width="320" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol class="answerTutorialSteps"&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;
First of all we create a new part iso.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10904/large.jpg?1334322336"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10904/medium.jpg?1334322336" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;
click on sketch and select top plane, and sketch the following rectange&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10905/large.jpg?1334322338"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10905/medium.jpg?1334322338" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;
after you complete the sketch, click ok and select extrude and extrude it 2mm.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10906/large.jpg?1334322340"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10906/medium.jpg?1334322340" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;
Sketch on the top face of the base 3 circles as its showed below.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10907/large.jpg?1334322342"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10907/medium.jpg?1334322342" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;
cut extrude and chamfer of 1mm&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10908/large.jpg?1334322344"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10908/medium.jpg?1334322344" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;
create a sketch on the face of the part,&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10909/large.jpg?1334322346"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10909/medium.jpg?1334322346" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;
draw a circle and extrude it.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10910/large.jpg?1334322348"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10910/medium.jpg?1334322348" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;
then sketch on the cylinders face and create a circle same as in the previous step and cut extrude it...&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10911/large.jpg?1334322350"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10911/medium.jpg?1334322350" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 9&lt;/h3&gt;
Create a pin on the cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10912/large.jpg?1334322352"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10912/medium.jpg?1334322352" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 10&lt;/h3&gt;
Create a new part and draw the same circles on the base of it (the base is same as in step 2)&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10913/large.jpg?1334322354"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10913/medium.jpg?1334322354" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;
Chamfer...&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10914/large.jpg?1334322356"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10914/medium.jpg?1334322356" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 12&lt;/h3&gt;
Go to the upper face and sketch a circle and extrude it.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10915/large.jpg?1334322358"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10915/medium.jpg?1334322358" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 13&lt;/h3&gt;
Cut extrude.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10916/large.jpg?1334322359"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10916/medium.jpg?1334322359" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 14&lt;/h3&gt;
Cut extrude the pin hole..&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10917/large.jpg?1334322361"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10917/medium.jpg?1334322361" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 15&lt;/h3&gt;
Create a new assembly and join the two parts.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10918/large.jpg?1334322364"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10918/medium.jpg?1334322364" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 16&lt;/h3&gt;
ready&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10919/large.jpg?1334322365"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10919/medium.jpg?1334322365" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/10919/large.jpg?1334322365"&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/how-to-model-hinge.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-3100411247388548362</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 10:25:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T03:25:02.461-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Solid Work</category><title>How to make nuts</title><description>This is how to make nuts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3516/large.JPG?1328628915"&gt;&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" height="213" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3516/medium.JPG?1328628915" width="320" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol class="answerTutorialSteps"&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;
open a sketch to front plane draw a circle and a hexagon then extrude it&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3506/large.PNG?1328628902"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3506/medium.PNG?1328628902" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;
open a ketch on the body and draw a small and bigger circle.&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3507/large.PNG?1328628903"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3507/medium.PNG?1328628903" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;
use cut extrude command and select the area between circles&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3508/large.PNG?1328628904"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3508/medium.PNG?1328628904" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;
click on draft and enter draft angle 60&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3509/large.PNG?1328628906"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3509/medium.PNG?1328628906" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;
mirror the cut extrude&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3510/large.PNG?1328628907"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3510/medium.PNG?1328628907" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;
open a sketch to front plane and draw a sketch like this. it will be tooth profile&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3511/large.PNG?1328628909"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3511/medium.PNG?1328628909" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;
now we will add helis. open a sketch top of body and draw a circle&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3512/large.PNG?1328628910"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3512/medium.PNG?1328628910" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;
use insert&amp;gt;&amp;gt;curve&amp;gt;&amp;gt;helis command and select circle and enter values&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3513/large.PNG?1328628911"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3513/medium.PNG?1328628911" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 9&lt;/h3&gt;
use cut swept command. select the tooth profile and select the helis&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3514/large.PNG?1328628913"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3514/medium.PNG?1328628913" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 10&lt;/h3&gt;
open a sketch to front plane and draw a thing like this. then use revolved boss command&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3515/large.PNG?1328628914"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3515/medium.PNG?1328628914" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;
your perfect nut is ready. Enjoy:))&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3516/large.JPG?1328628915"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3516/medium.JPG?1328628915" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3516/large.JPG?1328628915"&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/how-to-make-nuts.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2621083821332221281.post-5089324416387416995</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Oct 2012 10:22:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-07T03:22:32.215-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Solid Work</category><title>How to make chain</title><description> This is how to make chain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3427/large.JPG?1328582028"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" height="213" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3427/medium.JPG?1328582028" width="320" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3427/large.JPG?1328582028"&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol class="answerTutorialSteps"&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;
firstly open a sketch to front plane and draw sketch like this&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3417/large.PNG?1328582016"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3417/medium.PNG?1328582016" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;
use trim command&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3418/large.PNG?1328582017"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3418/medium.PNG?1328582017" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;
use circular pattern command&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3419/large.PNG?1328582018"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3419/medium.PNG?1328582018" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;
connect the circles and use circular pattern command again&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3420/large.PNG?1328582020"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3420/medium.PNG?1328582020" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;
and extrude the sketch&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3421/large.PNG?1328582021"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3421/medium.PNG?1328582021" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;
open a sketch side of part and draw 2 circles&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3422/large.PNG?1328582022"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3422/medium.PNG?1328582022" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;
extrude it &lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3423/large.PNG?1328582023"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3423/medium.PNG?1328582023" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;
go back side, open a sketch. close the back side with extrude&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3424/large.PNG?1328582025"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3424/medium.PNG?1328582025" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 9&lt;/h3&gt;
use fillet command&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3425/large.PNG?1328582026"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3425/medium.PNG?1328582026" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 10&lt;/h3&gt;
you can add a thing like this&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3426/large.PNG?1328582027"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3426/medium.PNG?1328582027" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
										&lt;h3&gt;
Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;
all done:)) your chain is ready. very simple&lt;br /&gt;

										&lt;div class="tutorialPicture"&gt;
											&lt;a class="lightbox" href="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3427/large.JPG?1328582028"&gt;
											&lt;img alt="Medium" class="tutorialImage" src="https://d2t1xqejof9utc.cloudfront.net/pictures/files/3427/medium.JPG?1328582028" /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;										&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;


    &lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://it-welove-it.blogspot.com/2012/10/how-to-make-chain.html</link><thr:total>0</thr:total><author>apasipepgapuak@gmail.com (Apa Sipep)</author></item></channel></rss>